; Update ChangeLog.2 and ldef-boot.el for Emacs 25.1 RC2
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob494b7541e7c5b3e06ff97fcf772e3fd36a9b67db
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (22388 6383 169254 278000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (22388 6383
69 ;;;;;; 531257 838000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (22388 6383
89 ;;;;;; 583258 350000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (22388 6383
100 ;;;;;; 612258 635000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (22388 6390 743328
112 ;;;;;; 764000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (22388 6368
242 ;;;;;; 545110 460000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
375 ;;;***
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (22388 5702 14555 614000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
476 indented.
478 \(fn)" t nil)
480 ;;;***
482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (22388 5702 143556 882000))
483 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
484 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
486 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
487 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
489 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
491 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
493 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
494 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
496 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
497 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
499 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
500 `allout-auto-activation'.
502 \(fn)" nil nil)
504 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
505 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
507 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
508 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
509 file variable `allout-layout'.
511 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
512 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
513 specified layout is applied.
515 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
516 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
518 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
519 Auto-layout is not.
521 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
523 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
525 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
527 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
529 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
531 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
539 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
541 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
545 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
549 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
551 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
557 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
558 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
560 \(fn)" nil t)
562 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
563 Toggle Allout outline mode.
564 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
565 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
566 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
568 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
569 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
570 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
571 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
572 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
573 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
574 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
575 outline.)
577 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
579 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
580 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
581 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
582 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
583 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
584 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
585 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
586 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
588 and many other features.
590 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
591 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
592 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
593 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
594 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
596 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
597 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
598 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
599 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
600 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
601 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
602 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
603 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
604 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
605 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
607 Exposure Control:
608 ----------------
609 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
611 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
612 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
613 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
615 Navigation:
616 ----------
617 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
618 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
619 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
620 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
621 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
622 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
623 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
624 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
625 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
626 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
629 Topic Header Production:
630 -----------------------
631 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
632 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
633 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
635 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
636 ---------------------------------
637 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
638 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
639 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
640 current topic
641 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
642 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
643 are alternated according to nesting depth.
644 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
645 the offspring are not affected.
646 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
648 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
649 ----------------------------------
650 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
651 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
652 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
653 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
654 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
655 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
656 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
657 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
659 Topic-oriented Encryption:
660 -------------------------
661 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
662 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
664 Misc commands:
665 -------------
666 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
667 and establish a default file-var setting
668 for `allout-layout'.
669 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
670 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
671 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
672 buffer with name derived from derived from that
673 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
674 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
675 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
676 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
677 format.
678 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
679 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
680 auto-activation.
682 Topic Encryption
684 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
685 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
686 pending encryption on save.
688 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
689 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
690 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
691 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
692 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
694 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
695 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
696 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
697 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
698 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
699 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
700 signal.
702 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
703 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
704 for details.
706 HOT-SPOT Operation
708 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
709 navigation and exposure control.
711 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
712 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
713 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
714 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
715 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
717 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
718 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
719 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
720 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
721 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
723 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
724 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
725 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
726 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
727 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
728 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
729 at the beginning of the current entry.
731 Extending Allout
733 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
734 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
735 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
737 `allout-mode-hook'
738 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
739 `allout-mode-off-hook'
740 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
741 `allout-structure-added-functions'
742 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
743 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
744 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
745 `allout-post-undo-hook'
747 Terminology
749 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
751 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
752 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
753 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
754 CURRENT ITEM:
755 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
756 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
757 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
758 called the:
759 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
761 ANCESTORS:
762 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
763 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
764 of the ITEM.
765 OFFSPRING:
766 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
767 SUBTOPIC:
768 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
769 CHILD:
770 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
771 SIBLINGS:
772 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
774 Topic text constituents:
776 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
777 text.
778 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
779 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
780 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
781 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
782 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
783 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
784 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
785 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
786 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
787 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
788 the PREFIX.
790 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
791 of the ITEM.
792 PREFIX-LEAD:
793 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
794 It can be customized by changing the setting of
795 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
797 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
798 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
799 program code without interfering with processing of the text
800 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
801 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
802 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
803 docstring for more detail.
804 PREFIX-PADDING:
805 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
806 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
807 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
808 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
809 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
810 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
811 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
812 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
813 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
814 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
815 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
816 more details.
817 EXPOSURE:
818 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
819 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
820 CONCEALED:
821 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
822 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
824 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
825 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
826 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
830 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
832 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
833 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
835 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
836 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
840 ;;;***
842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (22388
843 ;;;;;; 5702 56556 27000))
844 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
845 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
847 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
848 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
850 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
852 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
854 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
855 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
857 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
858 visiting an outline.
860 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
861 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
863 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
864 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
865 you want allout widgets operation.
867 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
869 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
871 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
873 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
874 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
875 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
876 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
877 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
879 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
880 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
881 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
883 The graphics include:
885 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
887 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
888 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
890 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
891 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
893 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
894 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
895 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
899 ;;;***
901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (22388 6377 227195
902 ;;;;;; 842000))
903 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
905 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
907 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
908 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
909 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
910 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
911 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
912 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
914 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
916 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
919 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
921 ;;;***
923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (22388 6383 172254
924 ;;;;;; 308000))
925 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
927 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
928 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
929 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
930 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
931 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
932 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
933 in the current window.
935 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
937 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
938 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
939 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
940 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
941 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
942 buffer if one does not exist.
944 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
946 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
947 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
948 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
949 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
950 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
952 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
954 ;;;***
956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (22388 5702 202557
957 ;;;;;; 463000))
958 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
959 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
961 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
962 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
964 \(fn)" t nil)
966 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
967 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
969 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
970 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
971 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
972 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
974 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
975 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
977 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
979 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
981 ;;;***
983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (22388
984 ;;;;;; 6383 656259 67000))
985 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
986 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
988 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
989 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
990 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
991 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
992 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
993 \\[yank].
995 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
996 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
997 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
998 the rules.
1000 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1001 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1002 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1003 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1005 \(fn)" t nil)
1007 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1008 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1010 \(fn)" t nil)
1012 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1013 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1014 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1016 \(fn)" nil nil)
1018 ;;;***
1020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (22388 6367 808103
1021 ;;;;;; 212000))
1022 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1024 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1025 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1026 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1027 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1028 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1029 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1031 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1033 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1034 Toggle checking of appointments.
1035 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1036 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1040 ;;;***
1042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (22388 5702 277558 200000))
1043 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1045 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1046 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1047 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1048 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1050 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1051 kind of objects to search.
1053 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1055 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1056 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1057 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1058 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1059 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1060 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1062 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1063 variables, not just user options.
1065 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1067 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1068 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1069 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1070 interactively with the prefix \\[universal-argument]), show user
1071 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1073 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1075 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1077 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1078 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1079 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1080 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1081 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1082 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1084 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1085 noninteractive functions.
1087 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1088 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1090 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1091 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1093 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1095 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1096 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1098 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1100 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1101 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1102 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1103 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1105 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1106 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1107 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1108 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1110 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1111 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1113 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1115 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1117 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1118 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1119 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1120 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1121 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1123 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1125 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1126 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1127 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1128 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1129 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1130 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1132 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1133 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1134 names and values of properties.
1136 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1138 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1140 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1141 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1142 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1143 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1144 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1145 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1147 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1148 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1149 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1150 documentation strings.
1152 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1154 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1156 ;;;***
1158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (22388 5702 279558
1159 ;;;;;; 220000))
1160 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1162 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1163 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1164 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1165 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1166 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1167 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1169 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1170 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1171 archive.
1173 \\{archive-mode-map}
1175 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1177 ;;;***
1179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (22388 5702 287558 299000))
1180 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1182 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1183 Major mode for editing arrays.
1185 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1186 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1187 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1189 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1191 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1192 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1193 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1195 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1196 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1197 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1198 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1199 The variables are:
1201 Variables you assign:
1202 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1203 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1204 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1205 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1206 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1207 row numbers in the buffer.
1209 Variables which are calculated:
1210 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1211 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1213 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1214 take a numeric prefix argument):
1216 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1217 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1218 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1219 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1221 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1222 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1223 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1224 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1226 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1227 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1228 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1229 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1231 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1232 between that of point and mark.
1234 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1235 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1237 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1238 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1239 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1240 newlines inside rows)
1242 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1244 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1246 \(fn)" t nil)
1248 ;;;***
1250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (22388 6389
1251 ;;;;;; 2311 642000))
1252 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1253 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1255 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1256 Toggle Artist mode.
1257 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1258 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1259 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1261 How to quit Artist mode
1263 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1266 How to submit a bug report
1268 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1271 Drawing with the mouse:
1273 mouse-2
1274 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1275 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1276 below).
1278 mouse-1
1279 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1280 or pastes:
1282 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1285 to new point
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1302 lines
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Paste Paste Paste
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1311 --------------------------------------------------------------
1313 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1314 or diagonally.
1316 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1317 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1318 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1319 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1320 poly-lines.
1322 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1323 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1324 overwrite means the opposite.
1326 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1327 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1328 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1330 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1332 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1333 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1335 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1336 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1337 are currently drawing something.
1339 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1340 some time to fill.
1343 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1344 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1347 Settings
1349 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1351 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1353 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1355 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1357 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1358 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1360 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1363 Drawing with keys
1365 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1366 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1367 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1368 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1369 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1370 When pasting: Pastes
1372 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1374 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1376 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1377 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1378 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1379 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1380 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1381 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1384 Arrows
1386 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1387 of the line/poly-line
1389 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1390 of the line/poly-line
1393 Selecting operation
1395 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1397 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1398 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1400 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1401 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1402 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1403 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1404 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1405 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1406 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1407 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1408 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1409 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1410 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1411 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1412 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1413 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1414 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1415 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1416 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1419 Variables
1421 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1422 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1424 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1425 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1426 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1427 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1428 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1429 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1430 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1431 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1432 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1433 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1434 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1435 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1436 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1437 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1438 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1439 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1440 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1441 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1442 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1444 Hooks
1446 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1449 Keymap summary
1451 \\{artist-mode-map}
1453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1455 ;;;***
1457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (22388 6383
1458 ;;;;;; 682259 323000))
1459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1461 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1462 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1463 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1465 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1467 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1468 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1470 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1471 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1473 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1474 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1476 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1478 Special commands:
1479 \\{asm-mode-map}
1481 \(fn)" t nil)
1483 ;;;***
1485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (22388
1486 ;;;;;; 6371 630140 799000))
1487 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1489 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1490 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1491 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1492 let-binding.")
1494 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1496 ;;;***
1498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (22388 5702 305558 475000))
1499 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1501 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1502 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1503 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1504 for a description of this minor mode.")
1506 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1508 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1509 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1510 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1511 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1512 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1514 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1515 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1516 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1517 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1518 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1519 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1520 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1521 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1523 For example:
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1525 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1526 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1527 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1528 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1530 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1534 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1535 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1536 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1537 for a description of this minor mode.
1538 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1539 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1540 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1542 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1544 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1545 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1546 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1547 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1548 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1550 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1551 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1552 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1554 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1558 ;;;***
1560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (22388 6383
1561 ;;;;;; 698259 481000))
1562 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1564 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1565 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1567 \(fn)" t nil)
1569 ;;;***
1571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (22388 5702 322558
1572 ;;;;;; 643000))
1573 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1575 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1576 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1577 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1579 \(fn)" t nil)
1581 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1582 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1583 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1584 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1586 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1588 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1589 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1590 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1591 for a description of this minor mode.
1592 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1593 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1594 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1596 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1598 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1599 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1600 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1601 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1602 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1604 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1605 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1609 ;;;***
1611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (22388
1612 ;;;;;; 6368 588110 884000))
1613 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1615 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1617 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1619 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1621 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1622 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1623 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1625 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1626 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1627 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1628 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1629 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1631 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1633 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1635 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1636 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1637 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1638 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1639 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1641 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1642 directory or directories specified.
1644 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1645 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1646 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1647 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1648 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1649 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1651 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1653 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1654 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1655 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1656 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1657 should be non-nil).
1659 \(fn)" nil nil)
1661 ;;;***
1663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (22388 5702 322558
1664 ;;;;;; 643000))
1665 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1667 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1668 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1669 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1670 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1671 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1673 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1674 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1675 disk changes.
1677 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1678 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1679 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1683 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1684 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1686 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1687 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1689 \(fn)" nil nil)
1691 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1692 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1693 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1694 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1695 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1697 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1698 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1699 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1700 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1701 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1703 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1704 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1705 writing before you save the file!
1707 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1711 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1712 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1714 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1715 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1717 \(fn)" nil nil)
1719 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1720 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1721 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1722 for a description of this minor mode.
1723 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1724 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1725 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1727 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1729 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1730 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1732 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1733 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1735 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1736 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1737 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1739 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1740 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1741 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1742 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1743 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1745 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1746 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1747 specifies in the mode line.
1749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1751 ;;;***
1753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (22388 5702 326558 682000))
1754 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1756 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1757 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1758 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1760 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1762 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1764 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1765 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1766 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1767 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1769 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1770 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1771 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1773 Effects of the different modes:
1774 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1775 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1776 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1777 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1778 a random distance & direction.
1779 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1780 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1781 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1783 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1784 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1785 definition of \"random distance\".)
1787 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1789 ;;;***
1791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (22388 6383
1792 ;;;;;; 700259 500000))
1793 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1795 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1797 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1798 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1800 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1801 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1802 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1804 \\{bat-mode-map}
1806 \(fn)" t nil)
1808 ;;;***
1810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (22388 5702 332558 741000))
1811 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1812 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1814 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1815 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1816 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1817 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1819 \(fn)" t nil)
1821 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1822 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1823 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1824 for a description of this minor mode.
1825 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1826 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1827 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1829 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1831 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1832 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1833 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1834 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1835 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1837 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1838 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1839 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1840 seconds.
1842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1844 ;;;***
1846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (22388
1847 ;;;;;; 6368 596110 962000))
1848 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1850 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1851 Time execution of FORMS.
1852 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1853 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1854 FORMS once.
1855 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1856 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1857 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1859 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1861 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1863 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1864 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1865 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1866 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1867 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1869 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1871 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1873 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1874 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1875 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1876 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1877 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1879 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1881 ;;;***
1883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (22388 6389
1884 ;;;;;; 163313 226000))
1885 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1887 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1888 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1889 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1890 of corresponding buffers.
1891 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1892 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1893 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1894 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1895 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1897 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1898 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1899 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1901 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1903 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1904 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1906 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1908 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1909 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1910 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1911 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1913 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1914 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1915 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1916 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1917 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1919 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1920 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1923 Special information:
1925 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1927 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1928 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1929 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1930 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1931 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1932 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1933 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1934 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1935 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1936 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1937 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1939 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1940 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1941 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1942 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1943 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1944 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1945 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1946 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1948 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1950 ----------------------------------------------------------
1951 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1952 if that value is non-nil.
1954 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1956 \(fn)" t nil)
1958 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1959 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1960 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1961 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1962 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1963 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1964 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1965 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1966 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1967 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1968 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1969 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1971 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1973 ;;;***
1975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1976 ;;;;;; (22388 6389 80312 409000))
1977 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1979 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1980 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1982 \(fn)" t nil)
1984 ;;;***
1986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (22388 6375 470178
1987 ;;;;;; 563000))
1988 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1990 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1991 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1993 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1994 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1995 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1997 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2004 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2005 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2007 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2009 ;;;***
2011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (22388 6383 172254
2012 ;;;;;; 308000))
2013 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2015 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2016 Play blackbox.
2017 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2019 What is blackbox?
2021 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2022 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2023 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2024 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2025 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2026 your score.
2028 Overview of play:
2030 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2031 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2032 four.
2034 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2035 movement keys.
2037 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2038 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2040 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2041 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2043 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2044 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2045 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2046 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2047 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2048 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2050 Details:
2052 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2054 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2055 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2056 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2057 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2059 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2060 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2061 denoted by the letter `R'.
2063 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2064 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2065 denoted by the letter `H'.
2067 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2068 example.
2070 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2071 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2072 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2073 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2074 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2075 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2076 ray.
2078 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2079 degree deflection it causes.
2082 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2083 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2084 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2085 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2086 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2087 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2088 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2092 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2093 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2099 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2100 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2102 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2103 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2105 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2106 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2107 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2108 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2109 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2110 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2111 emerging from the box.
2113 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2118 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2119 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2120 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2121 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2122 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2124 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2125 a reflection.
2127 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2129 ;;;***
2131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (22388 5702 411559
2132 ;;;;;; 518000))
2133 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2134 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2135 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2136 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite)
2137 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2139 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2140 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2141 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2142 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2143 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2144 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2145 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2147 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2148 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2149 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2151 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2152 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2153 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2154 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2155 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2156 recent one.
2158 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2159 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2160 yank successive words.
2162 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2163 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2164 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2165 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2166 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2168 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2169 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2170 the list of bookmarks.)
2172 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2174 (autoload 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite "bookmark" "\
2175 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2176 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2178 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2179 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2180 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2181 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2182 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2183 ever deletes the most recent one.
2185 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2186 is nil, raise an error.
2188 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2189 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2190 yank successive words.
2192 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2193 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2194 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2195 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2196 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2198 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2199 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2200 the list of bookmarks.)
2202 \(fn &optional NAME PUSH-BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2204 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2205 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2206 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2207 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2208 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2209 this.
2211 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2212 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2213 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2214 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2216 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2217 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2219 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2220 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2221 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2223 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2225 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2226 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2228 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2230 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2231 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2233 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2234 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2235 after a bookmark was set in it.
2237 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2239 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2240 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2242 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2243 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2245 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2247 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2249 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2250 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2251 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2252 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2254 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2255 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2256 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2258 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2259 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2260 name.
2262 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2264 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2265 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2266 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2268 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2269 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2270 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2271 this.
2273 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2275 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2276 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2278 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2279 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2280 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2281 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2282 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2283 probably because we were called from there.
2285 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2287 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2288 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2290 \(fn)" t nil)
2292 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2294 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2295 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2296 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2297 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2298 \(second argument).
2300 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2301 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2302 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2303 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2304 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2306 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2307 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2308 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2309 `bookmark-default-file'.
2311 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2313 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2314 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2315 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2316 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2317 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2318 while loading.
2320 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2321 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2322 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2323 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2324 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2325 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2327 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2328 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2329 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2331 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2333 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2334 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2335 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2336 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2337 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2339 \(fn)" t nil)
2341 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2343 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2345 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2346 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2348 \(fn)" t nil)
2350 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2352 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2354 ;;;***
2356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (22388 6377
2357 ;;;;;; 307196 629000))
2358 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2360 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2361 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2362 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2363 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2365 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2366 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2367 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2368 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2369 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2371 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2375 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2376 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2377 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2378 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2380 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2382 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2383 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2384 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2385 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2386 narrowed.
2388 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2390 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2391 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2393 \(fn)" t nil)
2395 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2396 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2398 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2400 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2401 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2402 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2403 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2404 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2405 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2406 first, if that exists.
2408 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2409 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2410 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2411 ignore it).
2412 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2413 as ARGS.
2415 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2417 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2418 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2419 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2420 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2421 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2425 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2426 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2427 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2428 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2429 says which browser to use.
2431 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2433 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2434 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2435 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2436 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2438 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2440 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2441 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2442 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2443 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2445 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2446 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2447 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2448 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2450 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2451 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2452 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2454 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2455 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2457 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2459 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2464 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2466 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2467 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2468 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2469 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2471 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2472 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2473 new tab in an existing window instead.
2475 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2476 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2478 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2480 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2481 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2482 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2483 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2485 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2486 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2487 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2489 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2490 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2491 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2493 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2494 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2496 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2498 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2499 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2500 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2501 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2502 Chromium.
2503 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2505 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2507 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2508 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2509 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2510 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2512 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2513 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2514 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2515 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2517 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2518 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2519 new tab in an existing window instead.
2521 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2522 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2526 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2528 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2529 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2531 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2533 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2534 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2535 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2536 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2538 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2539 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2540 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2541 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2543 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2544 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2546 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2548 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2550 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2551 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2553 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2554 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2555 program is invoked according to the variable
2556 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2558 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2559 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2560 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2561 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2563 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2564 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2566 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2568 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2570 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2571 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2572 Default to the URL around or before point.
2574 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2575 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2576 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2578 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2579 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2580 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2581 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2583 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2584 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2586 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2588 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2590 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2591 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2592 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2593 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2595 When called interactively, if variable
2596 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2597 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2598 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2599 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2601 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2602 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2603 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2605 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2606 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2608 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2610 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2611 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2612 Default to the URL around or before point.
2614 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2615 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2616 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2618 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2619 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2621 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2623 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2624 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2625 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2626 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2628 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2630 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2632 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2633 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2634 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2635 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2636 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2637 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2638 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2640 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2642 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2643 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2644 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2645 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2646 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2648 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2649 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2650 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2651 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2653 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2654 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2656 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2658 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2659 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2660 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2661 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2662 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2663 current one.
2665 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2666 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2667 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2668 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2670 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2671 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2673 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2675 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2676 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2677 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2678 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2679 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2680 don't offer a form of remote control.
2682 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2684 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2685 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2686 Default to the URL around or before point.
2687 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2689 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2691 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2692 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2693 Default to the URL around the point.
2695 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2696 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2698 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2699 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2701 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2703 ;;;***
2705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (22388 5702 452559 922000))
2706 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2707 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2709 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2710 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2711 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2712 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2714 \(fn)" t nil)
2716 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2717 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2718 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2719 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2721 \(fn)" t nil)
2723 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2724 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2726 \(fn)" t nil)
2728 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2729 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2730 \\<bs-mode-map>
2731 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2732 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2733 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2734 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2736 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2737 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2738 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2739 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2740 name of buffer configuration.
2742 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2744 ;;;***
2746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (22388 6383 181254
2747 ;;;;;; 396000))
2748 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2750 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2751 Play Bubbles game.
2752 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2753 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2754 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2755 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2756 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2757 columns on its right towards the left.
2759 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2760 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2761 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2762 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2764 \(fn)" t nil)
2766 ;;;***
2768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2769 ;;;;;; (22388 6383 700259 500000))
2770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2772 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2774 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2775 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2776 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2777 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2778 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2782 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2783 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2787 ;;;***
2789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (22388
2790 ;;;;;; 6368 704112 24000))
2791 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2792 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2793 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2794 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2796 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2798 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2799 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2800 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2801 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2802 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2803 else the global value will be modified.
2805 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2807 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2808 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2809 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2810 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2811 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2812 else the global value will be modified.
2814 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2816 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2817 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2818 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2820 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2822 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2823 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2824 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2825 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2827 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2828 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2829 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2830 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2831 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2832 before scanning it.
2834 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2835 that already has a `.elc' file.
2837 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2838 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2840 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2841 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2842 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2843 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2844 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2845 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2847 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2849 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2850 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2851 Print the result in the echo area.
2852 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2856 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2857 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2858 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2860 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2862 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2863 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2864 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2865 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2866 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2867 all functions called by those functions.
2869 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2870 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2871 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2873 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2874 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2875 invoked interactively.
2877 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2879 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2880 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2881 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2882 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2884 \(fn)" nil nil)
2886 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2887 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2888 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2889 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2890 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2891 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2892 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2893 already up-to-date.
2895 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2897 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2898 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2899 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2900 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2902 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2903 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2904 and corresponding effects.
2906 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2908 ;;;***
2910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (22388
2911 ;;;;;; 6367 842103 547000))
2912 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2914 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2916 ;;;***
2918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (22388 6367
2919 ;;;;;; 847103 596000))
2920 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2922 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2924 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2926 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2928 ;;;***
2930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (22388
2931 ;;;;;; 6367 866103 783000))
2932 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2934 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2935 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2936 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2937 from the cursor position.
2939 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2941 ;;;***
2943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (22388 6367 620101 364000))
2944 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2945 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2947 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2948 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2952 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2953 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2955 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2957 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2958 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2960 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2962 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2963 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2964 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2965 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2967 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2969 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2970 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2971 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2972 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2974 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2976 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2977 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2978 This is most useful in the X window system.
2979 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2980 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2982 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2984 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2985 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2986 See calc-keypad for details.
2988 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2990 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2991 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2993 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2995 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2996 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2998 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3000 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3001 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3003 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3005 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3006 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3007 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
3009 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3011 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3012 Define Calc function.
3014 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3015 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3016 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3018 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3019 actual Lisp function name.
3021 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3023 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3025 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3027 ;;;***
3029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (22388 6367
3030 ;;;;;; 444099 633000))
3031 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3033 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3036 \(fn N)" t nil)
3038 ;;;***
3040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (22388 5702 517560
3041 ;;;;;; 561000))
3042 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3044 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3045 Run the Emacs calculator.
3046 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3048 \(fn)" t nil)
3050 ;;;***
3052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (22388 6368
3053 ;;;;;; 10105 200000))
3054 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3056 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3057 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3058 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3059 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3060 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3061 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3063 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3064 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3065 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3066 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3067 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3068 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3069 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3070 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3071 window.
3073 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3074 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3076 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3077 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3078 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3079 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3080 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3081 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3083 Runs the following hooks:
3085 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3086 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3087 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3088 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3090 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3094 ;;;***
3096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (22388 6371 657141
3097 ;;;;;; 65000))
3098 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3100 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3101 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3103 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3105 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3106 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3107 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3108 it fails.
3110 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3112 ;;;***
3114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (22388
3115 ;;;;;; 6384 111263 543000))
3116 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3118 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3119 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3121 \(fn)" nil nil)
3123 ;;;***
3125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (22388 6384
3126 ;;;;;; 327265 667000))
3127 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3129 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3130 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3132 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3133 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3135 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3136 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3138 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3140 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3141 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3142 made from scratch.
3144 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3146 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3147 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3149 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3150 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3151 made from scratch.
3153 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3155 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3156 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3158 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3160 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3161 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3162 made from scratch.
3164 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3166 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3167 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3169 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3170 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3171 made from scratch.
3173 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3175 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3176 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3178 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3180 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3181 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3182 made from scratch.
3184 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3186 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3187 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3189 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3190 variables are guessed:
3192 * `c-basic-offset', and
3193 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3194 `c-offsets-alist'.
3196 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3197 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3199 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3200 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3202 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3203 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3204 guess is made from scratch.
3206 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3207 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3209 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3211 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3212 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3213 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3214 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3216 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3217 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3218 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3220 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3222 ;;;***
3224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (22388 6384
3225 ;;;;;; 496267 328000))
3226 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3228 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3229 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3230 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3231 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3232 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3233 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3234 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3236 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3237 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3239 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3241 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3242 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3243 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3244 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3246 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3247 Major mode for editing C code.
3249 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3250 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3251 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3252 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3254 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3256 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3257 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3259 Key bindings:
3260 \\{c-mode-map}
3262 \(fn)" t nil)
3264 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3265 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3266 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3267 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3268 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3269 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3270 message.
3272 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3274 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3275 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3277 Key bindings:
3278 \\{c++-mode-map}
3280 \(fn)" t nil)
3281 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3283 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3284 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3285 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3286 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3287 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3288 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3289 message.
3291 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3293 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3294 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3296 Key bindings:
3297 \\{objc-mode-map}
3299 \(fn)" t nil)
3300 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3302 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3303 Major mode for editing Java code.
3304 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3305 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3306 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3307 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3308 message.
3310 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3312 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3313 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3315 Key bindings:
3316 \\{java-mode-map}
3318 \(fn)" t nil)
3319 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3321 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3322 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3323 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3324 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3325 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3326 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3327 message.
3329 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3331 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3332 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3334 Key bindings:
3335 \\{idl-mode-map}
3337 \(fn)" t nil)
3338 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3339 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3341 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3342 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3343 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3344 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3345 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3346 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3347 message.
3349 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3351 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3352 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3354 Key bindings:
3355 \\{pike-mode-map}
3357 \(fn)" t nil)
3358 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3359 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3360 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3361 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3362 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3364 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3365 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3366 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3367 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3368 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3369 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3371 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3373 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3374 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3376 Key bindings:
3377 \\{awk-mode-map}
3379 \(fn)" t nil)
3381 ;;;***
3383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (22388
3384 ;;;;;; 6384 576268 115000))
3385 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3387 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3388 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3389 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3390 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3392 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3394 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3395 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3396 might get set too.
3398 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3399 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3400 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3401 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3402 in this way.
3404 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3405 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3406 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3407 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3408 a null operation.
3410 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3412 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3413 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3414 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3415 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3417 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3419 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3420 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3421 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3423 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3425 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3426 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3427 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3428 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3429 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3431 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3433 ;;;***
3435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (22388 6384
3436 ;;;;;; 657268 912000))
3437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3438 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3439 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3440 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3442 ;;;***
3444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (22388 6374 281166
3445 ;;;;;; 870000))
3446 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3448 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3449 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3451 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3453 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3454 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
3456 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
3458 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3459 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3461 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3462 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3463 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3464 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3465 execution.
3467 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3469 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3471 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3472 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3474 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3475 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3476 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3477 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3479 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3480 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3481 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3482 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3483 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3484 `write' commands.
3486 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3487 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3488 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3489 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3491 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3492 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3493 semantics.
3495 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3497 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3499 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3501 STATEMENT :=
3502 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3503 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3505 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3506 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3507 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3508 | integer
3510 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3512 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3513 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3514 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3516 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3517 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3518 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3520 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3522 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3523 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3524 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3525 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3526 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3527 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3528 ;; last STATEMENT.
3529 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3531 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3532 BREAK := (break)
3534 REPEAT :=
3535 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3536 (repeat)
3537 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3538 ;; (repeat))
3539 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3540 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3541 ;; (read REG)
3542 ;; (repeat))
3543 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3544 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3545 ;; (read REG)
3546 ;; (repeat))
3547 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3549 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3550 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3551 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3552 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3553 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3554 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3555 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3556 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3557 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3558 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3559 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3560 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3561 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3562 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3563 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3564 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3566 WRITE :=
3567 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3568 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3569 ;; representation.
3570 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3571 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3572 ;; (write r7))
3573 | (write EXPRESSION)
3574 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3575 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3576 ;; representation.
3577 | (write integer)
3578 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3579 ;; buffer.
3580 | (write string)
3581 ;; Same as: (write string)
3582 | string
3583 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3584 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3585 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3586 ;; representation.
3587 | (write REG ARRAY)
3588 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3589 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3590 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3591 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3592 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3593 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3595 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3596 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3598 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3599 END := (end)
3601 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3602 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3603 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3605 ARG := REG | integer
3607 OPERATOR :=
3608 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3609 + | - | * | / | %
3611 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3612 | & | `|' | ^
3614 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3615 | << | >>
3617 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3618 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3619 | <8
3621 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3622 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3623 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3624 | >8
3626 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3627 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3628 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3629 | //
3631 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3632 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3634 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3635 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3636 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3637 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3638 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3639 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3640 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3641 | de-sjis
3643 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3644 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3645 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3646 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3647 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3648 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3649 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3650 ;; byte of SJIS.
3651 | en-sjis
3653 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3654 ;; Same meaning as C code
3655 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3657 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3658 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3659 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3660 | <8=
3662 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3663 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3664 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3666 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3667 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3668 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3669 | //=
3671 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3674 TRANSLATE :=
3675 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3676 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3677 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3678 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3679 ;; respectively.
3680 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3681 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3682 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3683 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3685 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3686 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3687 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3689 LOOKUP :=
3690 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3691 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3692 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3693 ;; respectively.
3694 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3695 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3696 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3698 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3699 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3700 ;; REG.
3701 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3702 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3703 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3705 MAP :=
3706 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3707 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3708 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3709 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3711 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3712 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3713 MAP-ID := integer
3715 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3717 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3719 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3720 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3721 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3722 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3723 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3724 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3726 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3728 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3729 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3730 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3732 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3734 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3736 ;;;***
3738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (22388 6368 788112
3739 ;;;;;; 850000))
3740 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3742 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3743 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3744 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3745 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3747 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3749 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3751 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3752 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3754 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3756 ;;;***
3758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (22388 6368 422109
3759 ;;;;;; 251000))
3760 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3761 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3763 ;;;***
3765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (22388 6384
3766 ;;;;;; 702269 354000))
3767 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3768 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3770 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3771 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3772 There are no special keybindings by default.
3774 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3775 to the action header.
3777 \(fn)" t nil)
3779 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3780 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3781 There are no special keybindings by default.
3783 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3784 to the action header.
3786 \(fn)" t nil)
3788 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3789 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3791 \(fn)" t nil)
3793 ;;;***
3795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (22388 5702 541560
3796 ;;;;;; 796000))
3797 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
3799 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
3800 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
3801 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
3802 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3803 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3805 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
3806 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
3808 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
3809 from which to start.
3811 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
3813 ;;;***
3815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (22388 6368 788112
3816 ;;;;;; 850000))
3817 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3818 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3820 ;;;***
3822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3823 ;;;;;; (22388 6368 813113 96000))
3824 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3826 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3827 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3828 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3830 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3832 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3833 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3834 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3836 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3838 ;;;***
3840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (22388
3841 ;;;;;; 6368 849113 450000))
3842 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3843 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3844 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3845 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3846 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3847 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3848 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3849 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3850 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3851 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3853 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3854 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3856 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3857 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3858 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3860 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3861 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3862 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3863 the users will view as each check is completed.
3865 \(fn)" t nil)
3867 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3868 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3869 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3870 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3871 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3872 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3873 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3874 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3876 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3878 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3879 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3880 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3881 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3882 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3883 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3884 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3885 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3887 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3889 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3890 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3891 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3892 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3893 spacing are all verified.
3895 \(fn)" t nil)
3897 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3898 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3899 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3900 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3901 otherwise stop after the first error.
3903 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3905 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3906 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3908 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3910 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3911 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3912 Only documentation strings are checked.
3913 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3914 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3915 a separate buffer.
3917 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3919 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3920 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3921 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3922 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3923 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3925 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3928 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3929 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3930 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3931 if there is one.
3933 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3935 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3936 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3937 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3938 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3939 if there is one.
3940 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3942 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3944 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3945 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3946 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3948 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3950 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3951 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3952 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3953 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3954 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3956 \(fn)" t nil)
3958 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3959 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3960 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3961 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3962 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3963 space at the end of each line.
3965 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3967 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3968 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3969 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3970 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3972 \(fn)" t nil)
3974 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3975 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3976 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3977 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3979 \(fn)" t nil)
3981 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3982 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3983 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3984 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3986 \(fn)" t nil)
3988 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3989 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3990 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3991 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3993 \(fn)" t nil)
3995 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3996 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3997 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3998 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4000 \(fn)" t nil)
4002 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4003 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4004 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4005 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4007 \(fn)" t nil)
4009 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4010 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4011 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4012 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4014 \(fn)" t nil)
4016 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4017 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4018 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4019 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4021 \(fn)" t nil)
4023 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4024 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4025 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4026 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4028 \(fn)" t nil)
4030 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4031 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4032 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4033 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4034 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4036 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4037 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4038 checking of documentation strings.
4040 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4044 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4045 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4047 \(fn)" t nil)
4049 ;;;***
4051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (22388
4052 ;;;;;; 6374 954173 489000))
4053 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4055 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4056 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4057 Return the length of resulting text.
4059 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4061 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4062 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4064 \(fn)" t nil)
4066 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4067 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4068 Return the length of resulting text.
4070 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4072 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4073 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4075 \(fn)" t nil)
4077 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4080 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4082 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4085 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4087 ;;;***
4089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (22388 5702 610561
4090 ;;;;;; 475000))
4091 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4093 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4094 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4095 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4096 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4097 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4098 editing and the result is evaluated.
4100 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4102 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4103 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4104 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4105 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4106 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4108 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4110 \(fn)" t nil)
4112 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4113 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4114 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4115 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4116 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4118 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4119 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4120 \\{command-history-map}
4122 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4123 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4125 \(fn)" t nil)
4127 ;;;***
4129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (22388
4130 ;;;;;; 6368 936114 306000))
4131 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4133 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4134 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4135 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4136 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4137 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4138 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4139 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4140 of this function.
4142 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4143 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4144 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4145 property are:
4147 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4148 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4150 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4151 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4152 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4153 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4154 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4155 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4156 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4157 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4158 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4159 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4160 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4161 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4163 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4164 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4165 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4167 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4168 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4169 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4170 list elements are:
4172 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4174 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4176 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4178 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4179 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4181 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4182 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4184 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4185 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4186 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4187 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4188 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4189 value specified by their associated list element.
4191 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4193 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4194 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4195 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4197 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4198 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4199 * indent the first argument by 4.
4200 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4201 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4202 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4204 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4205 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4206 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4207 instead.
4209 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4211 ;;;***
4213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (22388 6368
4214 ;;;;;; 949114 434000))
4215 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4216 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4218 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4220 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4221 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4222 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4223 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4224 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4225 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4227 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4228 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4230 ;;;***
4232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (22388 6384
4233 ;;;;;; 705269 384000))
4234 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4236 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4237 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4238 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4239 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4241 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4242 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4243 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4244 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4246 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4247 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4249 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4251 ;;;***
4253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (22388 5702 612561
4254 ;;;;;; 495000))
4255 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4257 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4258 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4259 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4260 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4261 of `scheme-program-name').
4262 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4263 it is given as initial input.
4264 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4265 discards input when it starts up.
4266 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4267 is run).
4268 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4270 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4272 ;;;***
4274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (22388 5702 628561 652000))
4275 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4277 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4278 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4279 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4280 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4282 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4283 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4285 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4286 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4287 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4289 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4291 ;;;***
4293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (22388 5702 673562 95000))
4294 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4296 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4297 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4298 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4299 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4300 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4301 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4302 functions have already modified the buffer.
4304 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4306 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4307 either globally or locally.")
4309 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4310 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4311 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4312 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4314 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4315 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4316 `start-file-process'
4317 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4318 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4319 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4321 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4322 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4324 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4326 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4328 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4330 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4331 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4332 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4333 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4334 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4335 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4336 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4337 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4338 process as its initial input.
4340 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4342 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4344 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4346 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4347 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4348 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4349 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4350 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4351 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4353 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4355 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4357 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4358 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4359 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4360 directory tracking functions.")
4362 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4363 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4364 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4366 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4368 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4370 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4371 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4372 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4374 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4376 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4378 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4379 Send COMMAND to current process.
4380 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4381 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4383 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4385 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4386 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4387 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4388 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4390 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4392 ;;;***
4394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (22388 6390 746328
4395 ;;;;;; 793000))
4396 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4398 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4399 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4400 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4401 to get another window.
4403 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4404 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4406 This command pushes the mark in each window
4407 at the prior location of point in that window.
4408 If both windows display the same buffer,
4409 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4410 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4412 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4413 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4414 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4415 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4416 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4417 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4418 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4419 ignored.
4421 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4422 this command work in interlaced mode:
4423 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4424 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4425 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4427 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4429 ;;;***
4431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (22388 6384
4432 ;;;;;; 791270 230000))
4433 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4435 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4436 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4438 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4440 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4441 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4442 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4444 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4446 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4447 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4448 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4450 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4452 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4453 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4454 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4455 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4456 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4458 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4459 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4460 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4461 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4462 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4464 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4465 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4466 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4467 describing how the process finished.")
4469 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4470 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4471 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4472 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4473 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4475 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4476 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4477 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4479 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4481 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4482 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4483 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4484 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4486 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4488 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4489 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4491 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4492 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4494 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4495 (lambda ()
4496 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4497 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4498 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4499 (concat \"make -k \"
4500 (if buffer-file-name
4501 (shell-quote-argument
4502 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4504 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4505 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4507 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4508 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4509 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4510 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4512 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4514 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4515 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4516 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4517 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4519 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4520 and move to the source code that caused it.
4522 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4523 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4525 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4526 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4527 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4528 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4529 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4531 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4532 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4533 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4534 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4536 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4537 kills its subprocesses.
4539 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4540 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4541 to a function that generates a unique name.
4543 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4545 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4546 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4547 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4548 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4550 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4551 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4553 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4554 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4555 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4556 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4558 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4559 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4560 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4562 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4564 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4566 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4567 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4568 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4569 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4570 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4572 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4574 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4576 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4578 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4580 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4581 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4582 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4583 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4584 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4586 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4587 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4588 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4589 See `compilation-mode'.
4591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4593 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4594 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4595 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4596 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4597 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4599 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4600 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4601 `compilation-mode'.
4603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4605 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4606 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4607 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4609 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4611 ;;;***
4613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (22388 5702 734562
4614 ;;;;;; 695000))
4615 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4617 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4618 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4619 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
4620 for a description of this minor mode.
4621 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4622 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4623 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4625 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4627 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4628 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4629 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4630 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4631 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4635 ;;;***
4637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (22388
4638 ;;;;;; 6389 244314 22000))
4639 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4641 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4642 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4643 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4644 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4645 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4646 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4647 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4649 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4650 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4651 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4653 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4654 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4655 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4657 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4658 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4659 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4660 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4662 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4663 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4664 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4665 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4666 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4667 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4668 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4670 \\{conf-mode-map}
4672 \(fn)" t nil)
4674 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4675 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4676 Comments start with `#'.
4677 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4679 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4681 \[Desktop Entry]
4682 Encoding=UTF-8
4683 Name=The GIMP
4684 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4685 Name[cs]=GIMP
4687 \(fn)" t nil)
4689 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4690 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4691 Comments start with `;'.
4692 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4694 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4696 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4697 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4698 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4700 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4701 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4703 \(fn)" t nil)
4705 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4706 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4707 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4708 between `/*' and `*/'.
4709 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4711 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4712 // another kind of comment
4713 /* yet another */
4715 name:value
4716 name=value
4717 name value
4718 x.1 =
4719 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4720 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4722 \(fn)" t nil)
4724 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4725 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4726 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4727 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4728 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4729 `conf-space-keywords'.
4730 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4731 in an interactive fashion instead.
4733 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4735 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4737 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4738 image/png png
4739 image/tiff tiff tif
4741 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4742 class desktop
4743 # Standard multimedia devices
4744 add /dev/audio desktop
4745 add /dev/mixer desktop
4747 \(fn)" t nil)
4749 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4750 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4751 See `conf-space-mode'.
4753 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4755 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4756 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4757 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4758 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4760 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4762 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4763 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4765 \(fn)" t nil)
4767 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4768 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4769 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4770 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4772 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4774 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4775 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4777 \(fn)" t nil)
4779 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4780 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4781 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4782 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4784 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4786 *background: gray99
4787 *foreground: black
4789 \(fn)" t nil)
4791 ;;;***
4793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (22388 6383 214254
4794 ;;;;;; 721000))
4795 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4797 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4798 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4799 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4800 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4801 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4802 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4804 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4806 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4807 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4808 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4809 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4811 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4813 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4814 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4815 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4816 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4818 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4820 ;;;***
4822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (22388
4823 ;;;;;; 6369 72115 643000))
4824 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4825 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4826 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4827 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4829 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4830 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4831 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4832 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4833 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4834 following the copyright are updated as well.
4835 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4836 interactively.
4838 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4840 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4841 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4842 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4843 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4844 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4846 \(fn)" t nil)
4848 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4849 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4851 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4853 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4854 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4855 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4857 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4859 ;;;***
4861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (22388
4862 ;;;;;; 6385 218274 429000))
4863 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4864 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4865 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4866 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4867 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4868 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4869 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4870 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4872 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4873 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4874 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4875 Tab indents for Perl code.
4876 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4877 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4879 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4880 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4881 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4882 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4883 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4884 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4885 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4886 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4887 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4888 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4889 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4890 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4892 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4894 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4895 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4897 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4899 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4900 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4901 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4902 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4903 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4904 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4905 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4906 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4907 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4909 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4911 bite if angry;
4913 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4914 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4915 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4916 to nil.)
4918 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4919 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4920 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4922 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4924 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4925 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4926 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4927 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4928 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4930 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4932 if (A) { B }
4934 into
4936 B if A;
4938 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4940 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4941 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4942 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4943 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4944 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4945 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4946 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4947 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4948 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4949 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4950 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4951 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4952 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4954 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4955 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4956 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4957 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4958 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4959 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4961 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4962 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4963 man via menu.
4965 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4966 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4967 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4968 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4969 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4971 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4972 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4973 span the needed amount of lines.
4975 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4976 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4977 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4978 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4980 Variables controlling indentation style:
4981 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4982 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4983 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4984 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4985 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4986 `cperl-auto-newline'
4987 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4988 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4989 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4990 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4991 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4992 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4993 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4994 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4995 `cperl-indent-level'
4996 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4997 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4998 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4999 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5000 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5001 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5002 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5003 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5004 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5005 `cperl-brace-offset'
5006 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5007 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5008 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5009 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5010 `cperl-label-offset'
5011 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5012 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5013 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5015 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5016 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5017 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5018 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5019 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5020 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5022 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5023 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5024 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5025 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5027 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5028 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5029 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5030 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5031 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
5032 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5033 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5035 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5036 column 0 is indented on
5037 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5039 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5040 with no args.
5042 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5043 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5044 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5046 \(fn)" t nil)
5048 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5049 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5051 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5053 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5054 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5056 \(fn)" t nil)
5058 ;;;***
5060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (22388 6385 395276
5061 ;;;;;; 170000))
5062 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5064 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5065 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5066 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5067 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5068 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5070 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5072 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5073 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5075 \(fn)" t nil)
5077 ;;;***
5079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (22388 6369 74115
5080 ;;;;;; 663000))
5081 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5083 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5084 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5085 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5086 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5087 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5088 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5089 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5090 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5092 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5093 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5095 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5096 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5097 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5099 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5100 with empty strings removed.
5102 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5104 ;;;***
5106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (22388 6389
5107 ;;;;;; 247314 52000))
5108 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5110 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5111 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5113 \(fn)" t nil)
5114 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5116 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5117 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5119 \(fn)" t nil)
5121 ;;;***
5123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (22388 6369
5124 ;;;;;; 804122 842000))
5125 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5127 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5128 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5129 See the `cua-mode' command
5130 for a description of this minor mode.
5131 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5132 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5133 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5135 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5137 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5138 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5139 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5140 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5141 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5143 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5144 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5145 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5146 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5147 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5148 normal function of these prefix keys.
5150 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5151 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5152 options:
5153 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5154 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5155 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5157 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5158 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5159 the prefix fallback behavior.
5161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5163 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5164 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5166 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5168 ;;;***
5170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (22388 6369
5171 ;;;;;; 824123 38000))
5172 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5174 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5175 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5176 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5180 ;;;***
5182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5183 ;;;;;; (22388 6369 75115 673000))
5184 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5186 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
5188 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5189 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5193 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5194 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5195 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5196 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5197 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5198 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5199 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5203 ;;;***
5205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (22420 38537 265424
5206 ;;;;;; 393000))
5207 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5209 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5210 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5212 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5214 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5215 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5217 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5219 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5220 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5222 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5224 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5225 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5227 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5228 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5230 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5231 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5233 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5235 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5237 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5238 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5239 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5241 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5242 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5244 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5245 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5247 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5248 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5250 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5252 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5254 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5255 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5256 Return VALUE.
5258 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5259 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5261 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5262 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5264 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5265 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5267 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5269 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5271 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5272 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5273 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5274 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5276 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5277 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5278 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5280 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5282 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5283 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5284 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5285 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5286 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5288 \(fn)" t nil)
5290 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5291 Customize options related to a major or minor mode.
5292 By default the current major mode is used. With a prefix
5293 argument or if the current major mode has no known group, prompt
5294 for the MODE to customize.
5296 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5298 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5299 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5300 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5302 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5304 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5305 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5307 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5309 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5311 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5312 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5314 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5316 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5318 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5319 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5320 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5322 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5324 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5325 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5326 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5327 as part of Emacs itself.
5329 Each elements looks like this:
5331 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5333 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5334 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5335 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5336 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5337 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5338 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5339 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5340 and `defface'.
5342 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5344 (add-to-list \\='customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5345 \\='(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5346 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5347 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5348 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5350 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5351 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5352 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5353 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5355 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5357 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5358 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5359 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5360 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5361 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5362 release.
5364 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5365 that were added or redefined since that version.
5367 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5369 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5370 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5371 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5372 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5374 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5376 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5377 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5379 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5381 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5382 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5383 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5385 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5386 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5388 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5390 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5391 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5393 \(fn)" t nil)
5395 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5396 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5398 \(fn)" t nil)
5400 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5401 Customize all saved options and faces.
5403 \(fn)" t nil)
5405 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5406 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5407 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5408 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5409 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5410 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5412 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5413 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5414 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5416 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5418 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5419 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5421 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5423 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5424 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5426 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5428 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5429 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5431 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5433 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5434 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5435 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5436 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5438 \(fn)" nil nil)
5440 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5441 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5442 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5443 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5444 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5445 that option.
5446 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5448 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5450 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5451 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5452 The result includes selecting that window.
5453 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5454 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5455 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5456 that option.
5458 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5460 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5461 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5463 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5465 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5466 File used for storing customization information.
5467 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5468 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5469 it should be an absolute file name.
5471 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5472 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5473 something like the following in your init file:
5475 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5476 \(load custom-file)
5478 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5479 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5481 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5482 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5483 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5484 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5485 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5487 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5488 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5489 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5490 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5491 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5492 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5493 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5494 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5495 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5496 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5498 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5500 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5501 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5503 \(fn)" nil nil)
5505 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5506 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5508 \(fn)" t nil)
5510 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5511 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5512 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5514 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5516 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5517 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5518 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5519 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5520 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5522 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5524 ;;;***
5526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (22388 5702 879564
5527 ;;;;;; 121000))
5528 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5530 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5531 Create or edit a custom theme.
5532 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5533 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5534 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5535 from the Custom save file.
5536 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5537 named *Custom Theme*.
5539 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5541 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5542 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5544 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5546 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5547 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5549 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5551 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5552 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5553 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5554 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5556 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5558 ;;;***
5560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (22388 6390
5561 ;;;;;; 747328 803000))
5562 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5564 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5565 Mode used for cvs status output.
5567 \(fn)" t nil)
5569 ;;;***
5571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (22388 6385 438276
5572 ;;;;;; 593000))
5573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5574 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5576 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5577 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5579 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5581 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5582 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5583 C++ modes are included.
5585 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5586 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5587 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5591 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5593 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5594 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
5595 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
5596 for a description of this minor mode.
5597 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5598 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5599 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5601 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5603 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5604 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5605 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5606 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5607 ARG is omitted or nil.
5609 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5610 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5611 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5615 ;;;***
5617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (22388
5618 ;;;;;; 6374 956173 509000))
5619 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5621 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5622 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5624 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5626 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5627 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5629 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5631 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5632 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5633 For readability, the table is slightly
5634 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5636 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5637 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5638 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5639 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5640 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5642 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5644 ;;;***
5646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (22388 5702 925564 573000))
5647 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5648 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5649 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5650 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5651 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5653 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5654 Completion on current word.
5655 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5656 and presents suggestions for completion.
5658 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5659 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5660 completions.
5662 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5663 then it searches *all* buffers.
5665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5667 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5668 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5670 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5671 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5672 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5673 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5674 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5676 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5677 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5679 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5680 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5681 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5683 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5684 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5686 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5688 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5690 ;;;***
5692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (22388 6368
5693 ;;;;;; 422109 251000))
5694 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5696 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5697 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5699 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5701 ;;;***
5703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (22388 6377 308196 639000))
5704 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5706 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5707 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5708 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5709 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5710 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5712 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5714 ;;;***
5716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (22388 6385
5717 ;;;;;; 479276 996000))
5718 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5720 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5721 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5723 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5724 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5725 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5727 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5728 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5729 Data lines are not indented.
5731 Key bindings:
5733 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5734 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5736 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5737 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5738 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5739 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5741 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5743 dcl-basic-offset
5744 Extra indentation within blocks.
5746 dcl-continuation-offset
5747 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5749 dcl-margin-offset
5750 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5752 dcl-margin-label-offset
5753 Indentation for a label.
5755 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5756 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5758 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5759 dcl-block-end-regexp
5760 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5761 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5762 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5763 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5764 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5766 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5767 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5768 Two such functions are included in the package:
5769 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5770 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5772 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5773 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5774 One such function is included in the package:
5775 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5777 dcl-tab-always-indent
5778 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5779 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5780 margin.
5782 dcl-electric-characters
5783 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5784 typed.
5786 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5787 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5788 which words trigger electric indentation.
5790 dcl-tempo-comma
5791 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5792 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5793 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5795 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5796 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5797 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5798 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5800 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5801 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5802 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5803 dcl-imenu-label-call
5804 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5806 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5807 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5808 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5809 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5812 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5814 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5815 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5816 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5817 $ i = 1
5818 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5819 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5820 $ label:
5821 $ if i.eq.1
5822 $ then
5823 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5824 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5825 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5826 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5827 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5828 \"lined up with the command line\"
5829 $ type sys$input
5830 Data lines are not indented at all.
5831 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5832 $ endif
5836 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5837 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5839 \(fn)" t nil)
5841 ;;;***
5843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (22388 6369 75115
5844 ;;;;;; 673000))
5845 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5847 (setq debugger 'debug)
5849 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5850 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5851 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5852 of the evaluator.
5854 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5855 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5856 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5858 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5860 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5861 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5863 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5865 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5866 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5867 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5868 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5869 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5870 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5872 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5873 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5875 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5877 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5878 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5879 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5880 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5881 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5883 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5885 ;;;***
5887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (22388 6383 232254
5888 ;;;;;; 898000))
5889 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5891 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5892 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5894 \(fn)" t nil)
5896 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5897 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5898 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5899 Upper-case letters are commands.
5901 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5902 modify it.
5904 The most useful commands are:
5905 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5906 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5907 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5908 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5909 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5910 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5912 \(fn)" t nil)
5914 ;;;***
5916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (22388 5703 6565
5917 ;;;;;; 369000))
5918 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5919 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5921 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5922 Customization of `columns' group.
5924 \(fn)" t nil)
5926 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5927 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5929 START and END delimits the text region.
5931 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5933 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5934 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5936 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5938 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5940 ;;;***
5942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (22388 5703 9565 399000))
5943 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5945 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5947 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5948 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5949 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
5950 for a description of this minor mode.
5951 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5952 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5953 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5955 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5957 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5958 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5959 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5960 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5961 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5963 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5964 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5965 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
5966 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
5968 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
5969 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
5971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5973 ;;;***
5975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (22388 6369
5976 ;;;;;; 111116 27000))
5977 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5979 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5980 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5982 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5984 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5985 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5986 or nil if there is no parent.
5987 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5988 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5989 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5990 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5991 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5993 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5994 arguments are currently understood:
5995 :group GROUP
5996 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5997 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5998 :syntax-table TABLE
5999 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6000 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6001 :abbrev-table TABLE
6002 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6003 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6005 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6007 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6009 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6010 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6011 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6013 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6014 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6016 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6017 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6018 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6020 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6021 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6023 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6024 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6026 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6028 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6030 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6032 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6033 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6034 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6035 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6036 the first time the mode is used.
6038 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6040 ;;;***
6042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (22388 5703 27565
6043 ;;;;;; 576000))
6044 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6046 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6047 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6048 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6049 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6050 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6051 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6052 otherwise.
6054 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6056 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6057 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6058 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6059 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6061 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6062 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6063 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6065 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6066 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6067 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6068 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6069 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6070 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6071 relevant to POS.
6073 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6075 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6076 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6078 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6079 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6080 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6081 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6082 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6083 minibuffer window for width limit.
6085 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6086 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6088 \(fn)" nil nil)
6090 ;;;***
6092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (22388 5703 33565 635000))
6093 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6095 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6096 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6097 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
6098 for a description of this minor mode.
6099 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6100 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6101 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6103 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6105 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6106 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6107 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6108 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6109 is omitted or nil.
6111 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6112 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6113 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6114 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6116 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6117 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6119 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6120 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6122 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6124 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6128 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6129 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6130 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6131 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6133 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6135 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6136 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6138 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6139 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6140 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6142 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6143 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6145 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6146 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6147 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6149 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6150 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6151 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6152 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6154 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6156 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6157 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6159 Handlers are called with argument list
6161 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6163 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6165 `desktop-file-version'
6166 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6167 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6168 `desktop-buffer-point'
6169 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6170 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6171 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6173 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6174 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6176 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6177 code like
6179 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6181 (add-to-list \\='desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6182 \\='(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6184 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6185 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6186 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6188 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6190 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6191 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6192 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6193 List elements must have the form
6195 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6197 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6198 function.
6200 Handlers are called with argument list
6202 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6204 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6206 `desktop-file-version'
6207 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6208 `desktop-buffer-name'
6209 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6210 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6211 `desktop-buffer-point'
6212 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6213 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6214 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6216 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6217 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6218 created and set.
6220 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6221 code like
6223 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6225 (add-to-list \\='desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6226 \\='(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6228 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6229 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6230 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6232 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6234 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6236 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6237 Empty the Desktop.
6238 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6239 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6240 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6241 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6242 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6243 if different).
6245 \(fn)" t nil)
6247 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6248 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6249 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6250 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
6251 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
6252 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
6253 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
6254 do not rewrite the file.
6256 This function can save the desktop in either format version
6257 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
6258 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
6259 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
6260 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
6261 file.
6263 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
6264 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
6265 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
6266 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
6267 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
6268 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
6269 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
6270 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
6271 without further confirmation.
6273 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
6275 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6276 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6277 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6279 \(fn)" t nil)
6281 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6282 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6283 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6284 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6285 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6286 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6287 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6288 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6290 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6292 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6293 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6294 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6296 \(fn)" nil nil)
6298 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6300 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6301 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6302 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6303 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6304 directory DIRNAME.
6306 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6308 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6309 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6311 \(fn)" t nil)
6313 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6314 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6316 \(fn)" t nil)
6318 ;;;***
6320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (22388 6371 666141
6321 ;;;;;; 154000))
6322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6324 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6325 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6326 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6327 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6328 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6329 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6331 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6333 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6334 Repair a broken attribution line.
6335 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6337 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6339 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6340 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6341 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6342 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6344 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6346 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6347 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6349 \(fn)" t nil)
6351 ;;;***
6353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (22388
6354 ;;;;;; 6368 72105 809000))
6355 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6357 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6358 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6359 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6360 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6361 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6365 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6366 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6367 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6368 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6370 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6371 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6372 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6373 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6375 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6376 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6378 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6379 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6380 calendar-date-style \\='european
6381 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6383 \(diary-mail-entries)
6385 # diary-rem.el ends here
6387 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6389 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6390 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6392 \(fn)" t nil)
6394 ;;;***
6396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (22388 6390 787329 197000))
6397 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6399 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6400 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6402 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6404 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6405 The command to use to run diff.")
6407 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6409 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6410 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6411 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6412 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6413 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6414 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6416 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6417 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6418 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6420 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6422 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6423 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6424 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6425 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6426 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6427 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6429 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6431 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6432 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6434 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6436 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6437 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6438 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6440 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6442 ;;;***
6444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (22388 6390 785329
6445 ;;;;;; 177000))
6446 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6448 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6449 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6450 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6451 normal diffs.
6453 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6454 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6455 headers for you on-the-fly.
6457 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6458 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6459 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6461 \\{diff-mode-map}
6463 \(fn)" t nil)
6465 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6466 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6467 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6468 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6469 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6471 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6475 ;;;***
6477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (22388 6377 355197 101000))
6478 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6480 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6481 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6482 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6484 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6486 ;;;***
6488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (22388 5703 243567 701000))
6489 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6491 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6492 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6493 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6494 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6495 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6496 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6497 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6498 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6500 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6502 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6503 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6504 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6505 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6506 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6507 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6509 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6510 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6511 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6512 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6514 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6515 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6517 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6518 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6519 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6520 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6521 listing have no effect.
6523 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6524 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6525 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6527 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6529 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6530 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6532 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6533 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6535 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6536 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6538 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6539 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6541 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6543 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6544 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6546 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6548 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6549 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6550 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6551 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6552 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6553 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6554 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6555 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6556 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6557 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6558 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6559 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6560 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6561 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6562 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6563 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6564 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6565 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6566 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6567 to see why something went wrong.
6568 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6569 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6570 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6571 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6572 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6573 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6574 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6575 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6576 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6577 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6578 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6579 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6580 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6582 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6583 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6584 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6585 again for the directory tree.
6587 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6588 for more info):
6590 `dired-listing-switches'
6591 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6592 `dired-marker-char'
6593 `dired-del-marker'
6594 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6595 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6596 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6597 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6599 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6601 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6602 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6603 `dired-mode-hook'
6604 `dired-load-hook'
6606 Keybindings:
6607 \\{dired-mode-map}
6609 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6610 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6612 ;;;***
6614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (22388 5703 290568
6615 ;;;;;; 163000))
6616 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6618 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6619 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6620 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6621 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6622 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6624 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6625 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6626 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6628 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6629 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6630 directory.
6632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6634 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6635 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6636 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6637 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6638 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6639 from `default-directory'.
6641 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6643 ;;;***
6645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (22388 6369
6646 ;;;;;; 111116 27000))
6647 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6649 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6650 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6651 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6652 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6653 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6654 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6656 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6658 ;;;***
6660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (22388 5703 328568
6661 ;;;;;; 537000))
6662 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6664 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6665 Return a new, empty display table.
6667 \(fn)" nil nil)
6669 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6670 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6671 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6672 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6673 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6675 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6677 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6678 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6679 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6680 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6681 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6683 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6685 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6686 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6688 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6690 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6691 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6693 \(fn)" t nil)
6695 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6696 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6698 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6699 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6701 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6702 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6703 byte.
6705 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6706 in the default way after this call.
6708 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6710 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6711 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6713 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6715 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6716 Display character C using printable string S.
6718 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6720 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6721 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6722 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6723 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6725 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6727 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6728 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6729 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6730 X frame.
6732 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6734 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6735 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6737 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6739 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6740 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6742 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6744 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6745 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6747 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6749 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6750 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6752 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6754 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6755 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6757 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6759 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6760 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6762 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6763 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6765 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6766 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6768 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6769 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6770 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6771 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6773 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6774 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6775 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6776 in `.emacs'.
6778 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6780 ;;;***
6782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (22388 6383
6783 ;;;;;; 236254 937000))
6784 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6786 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6787 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6788 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6789 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6790 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6791 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6792 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6793 Default is 2.
6795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6797 ;;;***
6799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (22388 5703 329568 547000))
6800 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6802 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6803 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6804 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6805 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6806 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6807 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6808 private or ask).
6809 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6810 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6811 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6812 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6813 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6815 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6817 ;;;***
6819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (22388 6389
6820 ;;;;;; 248314 61000))
6821 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6823 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6824 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6825 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6826 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6827 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6828 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6829 table and its own syntax table.
6831 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6833 \(fn)" t nil)
6834 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6836 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6837 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6839 \(fn)" t nil)
6841 ;;;***
6843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (22388 5703 332568
6844 ;;;;;; 576000))
6845 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6847 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6848 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6849 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6850 OpenDocument format).
6852 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6854 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6855 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6857 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6858 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6860 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6861 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6862 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6864 \(fn)" t nil)
6866 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6867 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6868 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6869 to the next best mode.
6871 \(fn)" nil nil)
6873 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6874 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6875 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6876 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6877 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6879 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6883 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6886 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6888 ;;;***
6890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (22388 6383 237254
6891 ;;;;;; 947000))
6892 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6894 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6895 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6897 \(fn)" t nil)
6899 ;;;***
6901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (22388 5703 374568 989000))
6902 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6904 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6905 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6906 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6907 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6908 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6910 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6911 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6915 ;;;***
6917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (22388 6383 302255
6918 ;;;;;; 586000))
6919 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6920 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
6922 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6923 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6925 \(fn)" t nil)
6927 ;;;***
6929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (22388
6930 ;;;;;; 6369 112116 36000))
6931 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6933 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6935 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6936 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6937 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6938 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6939 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6941 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6942 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6943 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6944 and disables it otherwise.
6946 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6947 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6948 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6949 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6951 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6952 documenting what its argument does.
6954 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6955 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6956 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6957 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6958 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6959 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6960 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6961 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6963 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6964 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6965 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6966 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6967 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6968 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6969 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6970 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6971 the minor mode is global):
6973 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6974 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6975 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6976 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6977 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6978 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6979 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6980 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6981 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6982 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6983 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6984 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6985 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6986 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6987 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6988 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6989 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6990 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6991 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6992 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6993 in :variable).
6995 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6996 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6998 For example, you could write
6999 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7000 :lighter \" Foo\" :require \\='foo :global t :group \\='hassle :version \"27.5\"
7001 ...BODY CODE...)
7003 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
7005 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7007 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7009 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7011 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7012 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7013 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7014 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7015 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7016 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7017 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7018 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7019 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7020 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7021 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7022 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7024 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7025 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7026 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7027 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7028 call another major mode in their body.
7030 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7031 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7032 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7034 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7036 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7038 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7039 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7040 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7041 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7042 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7043 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7044 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7046 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7048 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7049 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7050 :inherit Parent keymap.
7051 :group Ignored.
7052 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7053 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7055 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7057 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7058 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7059 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7060 the constant's documentation.
7062 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7064 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7065 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7066 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7068 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7070 ;;;***
7072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (22388
7073 ;;;;;; 6369 115116 66000))
7074 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7076 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7077 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7078 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7079 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7081 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7082 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7083 as a top-level menu bar item.
7085 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7086 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7087 pairs:
7089 :filter FUNCTION
7090 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7091 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7092 items to actually display.
7094 :visible INCLUDE
7095 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7096 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7097 alias for `:visible'.
7099 :active ENABLE
7100 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7101 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7102 an alias for `:active'.
7104 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7105 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7107 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7109 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7111 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7112 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7114 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7115 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7117 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7119 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7121 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7122 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7124 :keys KEYS
7125 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7126 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7127 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7128 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7130 :key-sequence KEYS
7131 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7132 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7133 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7134 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7136 :active ENABLE
7137 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7138 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7139 alias for `:active'.
7141 :visible INCLUDE
7142 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7143 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7144 `:visible'.
7146 :label FORM
7147 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7148 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7150 :suffix FORM
7151 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7152 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7154 :style STYLE
7155 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7156 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7157 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7159 :selected SELECTED
7160 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7161 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7163 :help HELP
7164 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7166 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7167 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7168 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7170 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7171 MENU. This is a submenu.
7173 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7175 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7177 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7180 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7182 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7183 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7184 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7185 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7187 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7189 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7190 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7191 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7192 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7193 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7194 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7196 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7197 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7198 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7200 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7201 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7202 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7204 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7205 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7207 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7209 ;;;***
7211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (22388 6385
7212 ;;;;;; 685279 22000))
7213 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7214 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7216 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7217 Customization for ebnf group.
7219 \(fn)" t nil)
7221 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7222 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7224 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7226 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7227 processed.
7229 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7231 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7233 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7234 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7236 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7237 killed after process termination.
7239 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7241 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7243 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7244 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7246 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7247 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7248 it to the printer.
7250 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7251 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7252 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7253 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7255 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7257 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7258 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7259 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7261 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7263 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7264 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7266 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7268 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7269 processed.
7271 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7273 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7275 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7276 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7278 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7279 killed after process termination.
7281 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7283 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7285 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7286 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7287 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7288 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7290 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7292 \(fn)" t nil)
7294 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7295 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7296 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7298 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7300 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7302 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7303 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7305 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7307 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7308 processed.
7310 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7312 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7314 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7315 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7317 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7318 killed after EPS generation.
7320 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7322 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7324 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7325 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7327 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7328 The EPS file name has the following form:
7330 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7332 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7333 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7335 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7336 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7337 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7338 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7339 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7341 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7342 files.
7344 \(fn)" t nil)
7346 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7347 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7349 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7350 The EPS file name has the following form:
7352 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7354 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7355 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7357 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7358 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7359 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7360 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7361 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7363 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7364 files.
7366 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7368 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7370 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7371 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7373 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7375 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7376 are processed.
7378 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7380 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7382 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7383 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7385 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7386 killed after syntax checking.
7388 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7390 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7392 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7393 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7395 \(fn)" t nil)
7397 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7398 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7400 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7402 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7403 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7405 \(fn)" nil nil)
7407 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7408 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7410 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7412 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7414 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7415 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7417 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7419 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7421 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7422 Delete style NAME.
7424 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7426 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7428 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7429 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7431 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7433 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7435 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7436 Set STYLE as the current style.
7438 Returns the old style symbol.
7440 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7442 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7444 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7445 Reset current style.
7447 Returns the old style symbol.
7449 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7451 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7453 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7454 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7456 Returns the old style symbol.
7458 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7460 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7462 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7464 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7465 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7467 Returns the old style symbol.
7469 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7471 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7473 \(fn)" t nil)
7475 ;;;***
7477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (22388 6385
7478 ;;;;;; 813280 281000))
7479 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7481 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7482 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7483 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7484 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7485 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7486 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7488 Tree mode key bindings:
7489 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7491 \(fn)" t nil)
7493 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7494 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7496 \(fn)" t nil)
7498 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7499 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7501 \(fn)" t nil)
7503 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7504 View declaration of member at point.
7506 \(fn)" t nil)
7508 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7509 Find declaration of member at point.
7511 \(fn)" t nil)
7513 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7514 View definition of member at point.
7516 \(fn)" t nil)
7518 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7519 Find definition of member at point.
7521 \(fn)" t nil)
7523 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7524 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7526 \(fn)" t nil)
7528 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7529 View definition of member at point in other window.
7531 \(fn)" t nil)
7533 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7534 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7536 \(fn)" t nil)
7538 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7539 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7541 \(fn)" t nil)
7543 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7544 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7546 \(fn)" t nil)
7548 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7549 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7551 \(fn)" t nil)
7553 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7554 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7555 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7556 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7557 completion.
7559 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7561 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7562 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7563 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7564 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7566 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7568 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7569 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7570 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7571 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7573 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7575 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7576 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7577 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7579 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7581 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7582 Search for call sites of a member.
7583 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7584 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7585 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7586 looks like a function call to the member.
7588 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7590 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7591 Move backward in the position stack.
7592 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7594 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7596 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7597 Move forward in the position stack.
7598 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7600 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7602 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7603 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7605 \(fn)" t nil)
7607 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7608 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7610 \(fn)" t nil)
7612 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7613 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7614 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7615 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7617 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7619 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7620 Display statistics for a class tree.
7622 \(fn)" t nil)
7624 ;;;***
7626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (22388 5703 376569
7627 ;;;;;; 8000))
7628 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7630 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7631 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7632 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7633 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7634 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7635 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7636 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7638 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7640 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7641 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7642 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7643 also has this effect.
7644 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7645 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7646 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7647 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7648 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7649 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7650 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7651 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7652 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7653 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7655 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7657 ;;;***
7659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (22388 5703 407569
7660 ;;;;;; 313000))
7661 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7663 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7664 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7665 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7667 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7669 ;;;***
7671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (22388 6371
7672 ;;;;;; 666141 154000))
7673 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7675 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7678 \(fn)" nil nil)
7680 ;;;***
7682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (22388 6368 441109 438000))
7683 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7684 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7686 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7687 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
7688 See the `global-ede-mode' command
7689 for a description of this minor mode.
7690 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7691 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7692 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7694 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7696 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7697 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7698 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7699 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7700 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7702 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7703 an EDE controlled project.
7705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7707 ;;;***
7709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (22388 6369
7710 ;;;;;; 157116 479000))
7711 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7713 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7714 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7715 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7716 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7717 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7719 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7720 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7721 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
7722 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7724 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7726 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7727 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7728 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7729 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7731 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7733 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7734 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7735 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7736 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7738 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7740 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7742 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7743 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7744 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7745 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7746 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7748 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7749 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7750 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7751 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7752 instrumented for Edebug.
7754 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7755 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7756 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7757 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7758 already is one.)
7760 \(fn)" t nil)
7762 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7763 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7765 \(fn)" t nil)
7767 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7768 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7770 \(fn)" t nil)
7772 ;;;***
7774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (22388 6391 36331 645000))
7775 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7776 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7778 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7779 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7781 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7783 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7784 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7786 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7788 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7790 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7792 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7793 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7794 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7795 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7797 \(fn)" t nil)
7799 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7800 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7801 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7802 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7804 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7806 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7807 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7809 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7811 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7813 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7814 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7816 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7818 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7820 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7821 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7822 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7823 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7825 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7827 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7829 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7830 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7831 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7832 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7834 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7836 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7838 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7839 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7840 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7841 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7843 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7845 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7847 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7848 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7849 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7850 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7852 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7854 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7856 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7857 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7858 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7859 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7860 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7861 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7863 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7865 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7866 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7867 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7868 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7870 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7872 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7874 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7875 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7876 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7877 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7879 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7881 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7883 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7885 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7886 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7887 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7888 follows:
7889 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7890 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7892 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7894 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7895 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7896 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7897 follows:
7898 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7899 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7901 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7903 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7904 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7905 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7906 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7907 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7909 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7911 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7912 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7913 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7914 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7915 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7916 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7918 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7920 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7922 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7923 Merge two files without ancestor.
7925 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7927 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7928 Merge two files with ancestor.
7930 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7932 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7934 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7935 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7937 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7939 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7940 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7942 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7944 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7945 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7946 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7947 buffer.
7949 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7951 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7952 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7953 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7954 buffer.
7956 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7958 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7959 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7960 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7961 and don't ask the user.
7962 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7963 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7965 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7967 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7968 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7969 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7970 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7971 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7972 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7973 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7974 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7976 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7978 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7980 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7982 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7983 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7984 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7985 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7986 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7988 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7990 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7992 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7993 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7994 When called interactively, displays the version.
7996 \(fn)" t nil)
7998 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7999 Display Ediff's manual.
8000 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8002 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8004 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
8007 \(fn)" nil nil)
8009 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
8012 \(fn)" nil nil)
8014 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
8017 \(fn)" nil nil)
8019 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8022 \(fn)" nil nil)
8024 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
8027 \(fn)" nil nil)
8029 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
8032 \(fn)" nil nil)
8034 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
8037 \(fn)" nil nil)
8039 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8042 \(fn)" nil nil)
8044 ;;;***
8046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (22388 6390
8047 ;;;;;; 831329 629000))
8048 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
8050 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8053 \(fn)" t nil)
8055 ;;;***
8057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (22388 6390
8058 ;;;;;; 876330 72000))
8059 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
8061 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8062 Display Ediff's registry.
8064 \(fn)" t nil)
8066 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8068 ;;;***
8070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (22388 6390
8071 ;;;;;; 954330 839000))
8072 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8074 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8075 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8076 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8077 which see.
8079 \(fn)" t nil)
8081 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8082 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8083 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8084 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8086 \(fn)" t nil)
8088 ;;;***
8090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (22388 5703 410569 343000))
8091 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8092 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8094 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8095 Edit a keyboard macro.
8096 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8097 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8098 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
8099 its command name.
8100 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8102 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8104 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8105 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8107 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8109 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8110 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8112 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8114 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8115 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8116 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8117 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8118 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8119 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8121 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8122 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8123 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8124 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8126 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8128 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8129 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8130 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8131 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8132 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8133 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8135 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8137 ;;;***
8139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (22388 6369 879123
8140 ;;;;;; 579000))
8141 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8143 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8144 Set scroll margins.
8145 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8146 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8148 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8150 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8151 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8153 \(fn)" t nil)
8155 ;;;***
8157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (22388 5703 411569 352000))
8158 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8160 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8161 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8162 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8163 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8164 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8165 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8166 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8168 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8169 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8171 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8172 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8173 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8174 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8176 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8177 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8178 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8180 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8181 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8182 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8184 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8186 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8189 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8191 ;;;***
8193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (22388 6369 284117
8194 ;;;;;; 728000))
8195 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8196 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8198 ;;;***
8200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (22420
8201 ;;;;;; 38537 268424 423000))
8202 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8203 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8205 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8206 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8207 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8208 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8209 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8210 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8211 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8213 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8215 ;;;***
8217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (22388 5703 414569
8218 ;;;;;; 382000))
8219 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8221 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8222 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8224 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8225 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8226 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8228 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8230 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8231 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8232 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
8233 for a description of this minor mode.
8234 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8235 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8236 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8238 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8240 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8241 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8242 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8243 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8244 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8246 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8247 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8248 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8249 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8253 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8254 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8258 ;;;***
8260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (22388 5703 450569
8261 ;;;;;; 736000))
8262 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8264 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8265 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8267 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8268 an elided material again.
8270 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8274 ;;;***
8276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (22388 6369 300117
8277 ;;;;;; 885000))
8278 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8280 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8281 Lint the file FILE.
8283 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8285 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8286 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8287 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8289 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8291 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8292 Lint the current buffer.
8293 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8295 \(fn)" t nil)
8297 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8298 Lint the function at point.
8299 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8301 \(fn)" t nil)
8303 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8304 Initialize elint.
8305 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8306 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8308 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8310 ;;;***
8312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (22388 6369 328118
8313 ;;;;;; 161000))
8314 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8316 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8317 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8318 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8320 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8322 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8323 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8324 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8325 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8327 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8329 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8330 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8331 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8333 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8335 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8337 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8338 Display current profiling results.
8339 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8340 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8341 displayed.
8343 \(fn)" t nil)
8345 ;;;***
8347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (22388 5703 453569
8348 ;;;;;; 765000))
8349 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8351 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8352 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8353 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8354 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8355 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8356 ARG is omitted or nil.
8358 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8359 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8360 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8361 used instead.
8363 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8365 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8366 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8367 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8369 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8373 ;;;***
8375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (22388 6375 470178
8376 ;;;;;; 563000))
8377 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8379 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8380 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8381 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8383 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8385 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8387 ;;;***
8389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (22388 6391 68331 960000))
8390 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8392 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8393 Run Emerge on two files.
8395 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8397 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8398 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8400 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8402 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8403 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8405 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8407 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8408 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8410 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8412 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8415 \(fn)" nil nil)
8417 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8420 \(fn)" nil nil)
8422 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8425 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8427 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8430 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8432 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8433 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8435 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8437 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8438 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8440 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8442 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8445 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8447 ;;;***
8449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (22388 6389
8450 ;;;;;; 248314 61000))
8451 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8453 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8454 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8455 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8456 text/enriched format.
8458 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8459 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8460 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8462 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8464 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8465 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8467 Commands:
8469 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8473 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8476 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8478 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8481 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8483 ;;;***
8485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (22388 5703 490570 130000))
8486 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8488 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8489 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8491 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8493 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8494 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8496 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8498 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8499 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8500 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8501 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8502 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8503 the keys are listed.
8504 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8506 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8508 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8509 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8510 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8512 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8514 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8515 Verify FILE.
8517 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8519 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8520 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8522 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8524 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8525 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8527 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8529 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8530 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8532 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8533 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8534 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8535 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8537 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8538 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8539 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8540 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8541 should consider using the string based counterpart
8542 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8543 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8545 For example:
8547 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8548 (decode-coding-string
8549 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8550 \\='utf-8))
8552 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8554 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8555 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8557 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8558 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8560 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8562 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8564 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8565 Verify the current region between START and END.
8567 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8568 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8569 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8570 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8571 should consider using the string based counterpart
8572 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8573 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8575 For example:
8577 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8578 (decode-coding-string
8579 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8580 \\='utf-8))
8582 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8584 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8586 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8587 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8588 between START and END.
8590 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8591 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8593 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8595 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8597 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8598 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8600 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8601 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8602 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8603 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8604 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8605 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8607 For example:
8609 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8610 (epg-sign-string
8611 context
8612 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
8614 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8616 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8618 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8619 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8621 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8622 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8623 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8624 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8625 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8626 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8628 For example:
8630 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8631 (epg-encrypt-string
8632 context
8633 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
8634 nil))
8636 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8638 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8640 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8641 Delete selected KEYS.
8643 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8645 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8646 Import keys from FILE.
8648 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8650 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8651 Import keys from the region.
8653 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8655 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8656 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8657 between START and END.
8659 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8661 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8662 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8664 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8666 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8667 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8669 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8671 ;;;***
8673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (22388 5703 456569
8674 ;;;;;; 795000))
8675 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8677 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8678 Decrypt marked files.
8680 \(fn)" t nil)
8682 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8683 Verify marked files.
8685 \(fn)" t nil)
8687 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8688 Sign marked files.
8690 \(fn)" t nil)
8692 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8693 Encrypt marked files.
8695 \(fn)" t nil)
8697 ;;;***
8699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (22388 5703 456569
8700 ;;;;;; 795000))
8701 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8703 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8706 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8708 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8711 \(fn)" t nil)
8713 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8716 \(fn)" t nil)
8718 ;;;***
8720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (22388 5703 459569
8721 ;;;;;; 824000))
8722 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8724 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8725 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8727 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8728 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8732 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8733 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8734 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8736 \(fn)" t nil)
8738 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8740 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8741 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8742 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8744 \(fn)" t nil)
8746 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8748 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8749 Sign the current buffer.
8750 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8752 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8754 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8756 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8757 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8758 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8759 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8760 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8761 and also whether and how to sign.
8763 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8764 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8765 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8767 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8769 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8771 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8772 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8773 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8775 \(fn)" t nil)
8777 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8779 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8780 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8781 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
8782 for a description of this minor mode.
8783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8784 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8785 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8787 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8789 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8790 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8791 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8792 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8793 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8797 ;;;***
8799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (22388 5703 495570 179000))
8800 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8801 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8803 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8804 Return a context object.
8806 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8808 ;;;***
8810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (22388 5703 494570
8811 ;;;;;; 169000))
8812 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8814 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
8815 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
8816 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
8817 the previous invocation of this function, unless FORCE is non-nil.
8819 Then it walks through `epg-config--program-alist'. If
8820 `epg-gpg-program' or `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with
8821 custom, use it. Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the
8822 entry until the version requirement is met.
8824 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8826 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8827 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8829 \(fn)" nil nil)
8831 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
8833 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8834 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8836 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8838 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8839 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8841 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8843 ;;;***
8845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (22388 6370 962134 230000))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8847 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8849 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8850 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8852 \(fn)" nil nil)
8854 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8855 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8856 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8858 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8860 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8861 (server (erc-compute-server))
8862 (port (erc-compute-port))
8863 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8864 password
8865 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8867 That is, if called with
8869 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8871 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8872 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8873 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8875 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8877 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8879 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8880 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8881 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8883 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8885 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8886 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8887 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8888 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8890 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8892 ;;;***
8894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (22388
8895 ;;;;;; 6370 614130 808000))
8896 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8897 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8899 ;;;***
8901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (22388 6370
8902 ;;;;;; 674131 398000))
8903 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8904 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8906 ;;;***
8908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (22388 6370
8909 ;;;;;; 700131 653000))
8910 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8911 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8913 ;;;***
8915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (22388 6370
8916 ;;;;;; 700131 653000))
8917 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8918 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8920 ;;;***
8922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (22388 6370 705131
8923 ;;;;;; 703000))
8924 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8925 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8927 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8928 Parser for /dcc command.
8929 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8930 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8931 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8933 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8935 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8936 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8938 \(fn)" nil nil)
8940 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8941 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8943 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8944 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8945 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8946 that subcommand.
8948 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8950 ;;;***
8952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8953 ;;;;;; (22388 6370 744132 87000))
8954 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8955 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8957 ;;;***
8959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (22388
8960 ;;;;;; 6370 745132 97000))
8961 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8963 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8964 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8966 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8968 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8969 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8970 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8971 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8973 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8975 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8978 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8980 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8981 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8983 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8985 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8986 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8988 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8990 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8991 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8993 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8995 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8996 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8998 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9000 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9001 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9003 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9005 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9006 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9008 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9010 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9011 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9013 \(fn)" nil nil)
9015 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9016 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9018 \(fn)" nil nil)
9020 ;;;***
9022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (22388 6370 745132
9023 ;;;;;; 97000))
9024 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9025 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9027 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9028 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9029 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9031 \(fn)" nil nil)
9033 ;;;***
9035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (22388 6370
9036 ;;;;;; 750132 146000))
9037 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9038 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9040 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9041 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9042 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9043 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9044 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9045 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9046 system.
9048 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9050 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9053 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9055 ;;;***
9057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (22388 6370
9058 ;;;;;; 751132 156000))
9059 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9061 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9064 \(fn)" nil nil)
9066 ;;;***
9068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (22388 6370 751132
9069 ;;;;;; 156000))
9070 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9071 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9073 ;;;***
9075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (22388 6370 758132
9076 ;;;;;; 225000))
9077 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9078 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9080 ;;;***
9082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (22388 6370 777132
9083 ;;;;;; 411000))
9084 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9085 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9087 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9088 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9089 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9090 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9091 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9092 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9094 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9096 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9097 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9098 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9099 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9101 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9102 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9103 automatically.
9105 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9106 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9108 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9110 ;;;***
9112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (22388 6370
9113 ;;;;;; 796132 598000))
9114 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9115 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9117 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9118 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9120 \(fn)" t nil)
9122 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9123 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9125 \(fn)" t nil)
9127 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9128 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9130 \(fn)" t nil)
9132 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9133 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9135 \(fn)" t nil)
9137 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9138 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9140 \(fn)" t nil)
9142 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9143 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9145 \(fn)" t nil)
9147 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9148 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9150 \(fn)" t nil)
9152 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9153 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9155 \(fn)" t nil)
9157 ;;;***
9159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (22388 6370 796132
9160 ;;;;;; 598000))
9161 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9162 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9164 ;;;***
9166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (22388
9167 ;;;;;; 6370 798132 618000))
9168 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9169 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9171 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9172 Show who's gone.
9174 \(fn)" nil nil)
9176 ;;;***
9178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (22388
9179 ;;;;;; 6370 799132 627000))
9180 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9182 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9183 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9184 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9185 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9187 \(fn)" nil nil)
9189 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9190 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9192 \(fn)" t nil)
9194 ;;;***
9196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (22388 6370
9197 ;;;;;; 837133 1000))
9198 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9199 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9201 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9202 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9203 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9204 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9206 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9208 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9211 \(fn)" nil nil)
9213 ;;;***
9215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (22388 6370 837133
9216 ;;;;;; 1000))
9217 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9218 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9220 ;;;***
9222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (22388
9223 ;;;;;; 6370 839133 21000))
9224 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9225 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9227 ;;;***
9229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (22388 6370
9230 ;;;;;; 839133 21000))
9231 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9232 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9234 ;;;***
9236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (22388 6370 841133
9237 ;;;;;; 40000))
9238 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9239 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9241 ;;;***
9243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (22388
9244 ;;;;;; 6370 841133 40000))
9245 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9246 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9248 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9249 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9251 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9253 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9254 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9255 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9257 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9259 ;;;***
9261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (22388 6370
9262 ;;;;;; 843133 60000))
9263 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9264 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9266 ;;;***
9268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (22388
9269 ;;;;;; 6370 843133 60000))
9270 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9272 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9273 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9274 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9276 \(fn)" t nil)
9278 ;;;***
9280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (22388
9281 ;;;;;; 6370 844133 70000))
9282 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9283 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9285 ;;;***
9287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (22388 6370
9288 ;;;;;; 857133 197000))
9289 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9290 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9292 ;;;***
9294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (22388 6370
9295 ;;;;;; 879133 414000))
9296 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9298 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9299 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9300 See the `erc-track-minor-mode' command
9301 for a description of this minor mode.")
9303 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9305 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9306 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9307 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9308 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9309 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9311 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9312 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9313 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9314 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9317 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9319 ;;;***
9321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (22388
9322 ;;;;;; 6370 879133 414000))
9323 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9324 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9326 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9327 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9328 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9329 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9331 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9333 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9334 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9335 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9337 \(fn)" t nil)
9339 ;;;***
9341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (22388 6370 880133
9342 ;;;;;; 424000))
9343 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9344 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9346 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9347 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9349 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9351 ;;;***
9353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (22388 6369 379118
9354 ;;;;;; 662000))
9355 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9357 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9358 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9360 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9361 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9363 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9364 useful for assertions in BODY.
9366 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9368 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9369 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9370 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9372 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags \\='(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9374 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9376 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9378 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9380 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9382 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9383 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9385 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9386 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9387 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9388 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9390 Returns the stats object.
9392 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9394 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9395 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9397 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9398 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9399 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9400 the tests).
9402 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9404 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9405 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9407 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9408 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9409 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9410 and how to display message.
9412 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9414 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9416 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9417 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9419 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9421 ;;;***
9423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (22388 6369 330118
9424 ;;;;;; 180000))
9425 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9427 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9429 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9430 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9432 \(fn)" t nil)
9434 ;;;***
9436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (22388 6370
9437 ;;;;;; 366128 369000))
9438 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9440 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9441 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9443 \(fn)" t nil)
9445 ;;;***
9447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (22388 6370 441129
9448 ;;;;;; 106000))
9449 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9450 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9452 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9453 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9454 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9455 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9456 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9457 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9458 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9459 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9460 buffer selected (or created).
9462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9464 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9465 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9466 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9468 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9470 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9471 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9472 The result might be any Lisp object.
9473 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9474 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9475 corresponding to a successful execution.
9477 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9479 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9481 ;;;***
9483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (22388 6386 65282
9484 ;;;;;; 759000))
9485 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9487 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9488 File name of tags table.
9489 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9490 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9491 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9492 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9493 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9495 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9496 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9497 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9498 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9500 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9502 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9503 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9504 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9505 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9506 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9507 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9509 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9511 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9512 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9513 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9515 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9517 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9518 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9519 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9520 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9521 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9523 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9525 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9526 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9527 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9528 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9530 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9532 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9533 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9534 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9535 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9536 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9538 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9540 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9541 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9543 \(fn)" t nil)
9545 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9546 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9547 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9548 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9550 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9551 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9552 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9553 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9554 file the tag was in.
9556 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9558 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9559 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9560 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9561 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9562 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9563 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9564 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9565 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9566 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9568 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9570 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9571 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9572 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9573 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9574 without directory names.
9576 \(fn)" nil nil)
9578 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9581 \(fn)" nil nil)
9582 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9583 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9584 (progn
9585 (load "etags")
9586 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9588 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9589 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9590 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9591 but does not select the buffer.
9592 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9594 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9595 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9596 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9597 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9598 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9600 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9602 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9603 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9604 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9606 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9608 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9610 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9611 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9612 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9613 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9615 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9616 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9617 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9618 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9619 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9621 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9623 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9624 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9625 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9627 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9629 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9631 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9633 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9634 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9635 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9636 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9637 around or before point.
9639 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9640 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9641 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9642 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9643 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9645 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9647 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9648 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9649 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9651 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9653 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9655 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9657 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9658 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9659 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9660 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9661 around or before point.
9663 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9664 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9665 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9666 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9667 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9669 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9671 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9672 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9673 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9675 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9677 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9679 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9681 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9682 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9683 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9685 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9686 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9687 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9688 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9689 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9691 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9693 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9694 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9695 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9697 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9699 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9701 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9703 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9705 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9706 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9708 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9709 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9710 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9712 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9713 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9715 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9716 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9718 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9720 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9721 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9722 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9723 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9725 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9726 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9727 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9728 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9729 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9731 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9733 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9734 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9735 Stops when a match is found.
9736 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9738 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9739 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9740 restricted to these files.
9742 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9744 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9746 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9747 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9748 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9749 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9750 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9751 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9752 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9753 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9755 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9756 produce the list of files to search.
9758 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9760 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9762 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9763 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9764 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9765 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9766 directory specification.
9768 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9770 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9771 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9773 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9775 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9777 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9778 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9779 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9780 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9782 \(fn)" t nil)
9784 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9785 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9786 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9787 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9788 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9790 \(fn)" t nil)
9792 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
9795 \(fn)" nil nil)
9797 ;;;***
9799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (22388
9800 ;;;;;; 6374 991173 853000))
9801 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9803 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9806 \(fn)" nil nil)
9808 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9809 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9811 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9812 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9814 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9815 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9816 primary language.
9818 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9819 even if the buffer is read-only.
9821 See also the descriptions of the variables
9822 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9824 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9826 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9827 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9829 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9830 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9832 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9833 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9834 primary language.
9836 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9837 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9839 See also the descriptions of the variables
9840 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9842 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9844 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9845 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9846 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9847 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9849 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9851 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9852 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9853 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9854 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9856 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9857 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9858 primary language.
9860 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9861 buffer is read-only.
9863 See also the descriptions of the variables
9864 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9865 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9867 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9869 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9870 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9872 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9873 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9875 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9876 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9877 the primary language.
9879 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9880 buffer is read-only.
9882 See also the descriptions of the variables
9883 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9884 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9886 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9888 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9889 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9890 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9892 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9894 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9895 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9897 \(fn)" t nil)
9899 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9900 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9902 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9903 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9904 be 1, 2, or 3.
9906 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9907 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9908 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9910 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9912 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9914 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9915 This function is deprecated.
9917 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9919 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9920 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9922 \(fn)" t nil)
9924 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9925 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9927 \(fn)" t nil)
9929 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9930 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9932 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9933 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9935 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9936 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9938 \(fn)" nil nil)
9940 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9941 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9943 \(fn)" nil nil)
9945 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9946 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9948 \(fn)" nil nil)
9950 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9951 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9953 \(fn)" nil nil)
9955 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9956 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9957 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9959 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9961 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9964 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9966 ;;;***
9968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (22388 6377 395197 495000))
9969 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9971 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9972 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9973 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9974 server for future sessions.
9976 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9978 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9979 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9980 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9982 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9984 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9985 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9986 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9988 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9990 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9991 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9992 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9993 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9994 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9995 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9996 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9997 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9998 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9999 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10000 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10001 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10003 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10005 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10006 Display a form to query the directory server.
10007 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10008 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10010 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10012 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10013 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10014 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10016 \(fn)" t nil)
10018 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10020 ;;;***
10022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (22388 6377 358197
10023 ;;;;;; 131000))
10024 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10026 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10027 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10029 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10031 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10032 Display URL and make it clickable.
10034 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10036 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10037 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10039 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10041 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10042 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10044 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10046 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10047 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10049 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10051 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10052 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10054 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10056 ;;;***
10058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (22388 6377
10059 ;;;;;; 358197 131000))
10060 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10062 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10063 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10064 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10066 \(fn)" t nil)
10068 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10069 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10071 \(fn)" t nil)
10073 ;;;***
10075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (22388
10076 ;;;;;; 6377 361197 160000))
10077 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10079 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10080 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10082 \(fn)" t nil)
10084 ;;;***
10086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (22388 6369 386118
10087 ;;;;;; 731000))
10088 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10090 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10091 Create an empty ewoc.
10093 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10095 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10096 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10097 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10098 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10099 `insert-before-markers'.
10101 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10102 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10103 respectively, of the ewoc.
10105 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10106 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10107 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10109 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10111 ;;;***
10113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (22388 6377 438197 918000))
10114 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10116 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
10117 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10118 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10119 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10120 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10122 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10124 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10125 Fetch URL and render the page.
10126 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10127 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10129 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10130 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10132 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10133 Render FILE using EWW.
10135 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10137 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10138 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10139 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10141 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10143 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10144 Mode for browsing the web.
10146 \(fn)" t nil)
10148 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10151 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10153 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10154 Display the bookmarks.
10156 \(fn)" t nil)
10158 ;;;***
10160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (22388
10161 ;;;;;; 6386 103283 133000))
10162 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10164 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10165 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10166 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10168 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10170 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10171 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10172 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10173 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10174 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10176 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10178 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10179 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10180 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10181 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10182 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10183 executable.
10185 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10187 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10188 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10189 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10190 file modes.
10192 \(fn)" nil nil)
10194 ;;;***
10196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (22388 5703 536570 582000))
10197 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10199 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10200 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10201 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10202 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10204 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10206 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10207 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10208 to generate such functions.
10210 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10211 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10212 beginning of the expanded text.
10214 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10215 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10216 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10217 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10219 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10221 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10223 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10224 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10225 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10227 \(fn)" nil nil)
10229 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10230 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10231 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10233 \(fn)" t nil)
10235 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10236 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10237 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10239 \(fn)" t nil)
10240 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10241 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10243 ;;;***
10245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (22388 6386 142283
10246 ;;;;;; 516000))
10247 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10249 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10250 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10251 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10253 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10254 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10255 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10257 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10259 Key definitions:
10260 \\{f90-mode-map}
10262 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10264 `f90-do-indent'
10265 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10266 `f90-if-indent'
10267 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10268 `f90-type-indent'
10269 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10270 `f90-program-indent'
10271 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10272 (default 2).
10273 `f90-associate-indent'
10274 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10275 `f90-critical-indent'
10276 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10277 `f90-continuation-indent'
10278 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10279 `f90-comment-region'
10280 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10281 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10282 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10283 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10284 (default \"!\").
10285 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10286 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10287 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10288 `f90-break-delimiters'
10289 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10290 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10291 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10292 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10293 (default t).
10294 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10295 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10296 `f90-smart-end'
10297 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10298 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10299 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10300 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10301 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10302 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10303 `f90-leave-line-no'
10304 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10306 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10307 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10309 \(fn)" t nil)
10311 ;;;***
10313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (22388 5703 600571
10314 ;;;;;; 211000))
10315 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10317 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10318 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10319 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10320 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10322 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10323 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10324 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10325 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10326 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10328 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10329 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10330 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10331 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10332 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10333 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10334 attributes.
10336 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10337 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10339 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10341 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10342 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10343 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10344 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10346 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10348 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10349 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10350 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10351 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10353 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10354 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10355 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10357 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10358 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10359 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10360 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10362 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10364 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10365 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10366 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10368 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10369 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10370 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10371 the same amount).
10373 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10375 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10376 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10377 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10379 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10380 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10381 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10382 will remove any scaling currently active.
10384 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10386 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10387 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10388 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10390 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10391 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10392 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10393 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10394 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10396 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10397 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10399 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10401 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10402 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10404 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10405 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10406 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10408 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10409 the face height as long as the input event read
10410 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10412 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10413 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10414 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10415 will remove any scaling currently active.
10417 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10418 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10419 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10420 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10421 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10423 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10425 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10426 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10427 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10428 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10429 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10430 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10434 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10435 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10436 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10437 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10438 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10439 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10440 `buffer-face-mode'.
10442 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10443 local, and sets it to FACE.
10445 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10447 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10448 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10449 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10450 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10451 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10452 `face' text property.
10454 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10455 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10456 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10457 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10459 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10460 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10462 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10464 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10465 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10466 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10467 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10471 ;;;***
10473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (22388 6375 510178
10474 ;;;;;; 957000))
10475 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10476 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10478 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10479 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10480 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10481 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10483 \(fn)" nil nil)
10485 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10486 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10490 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10491 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10492 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10493 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10497 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10498 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10499 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10500 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10501 backup file names and the like).
10503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10505 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10506 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10507 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10508 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
10509 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10510 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10511 internally by feedmail):
10513 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10514 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10515 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10516 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10518 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10519 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10520 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10521 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10522 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10524 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10526 ;;;***
10528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (22388 5703 738572 568000))
10529 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10531 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10532 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10533 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10534 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10535 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10536 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10537 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10539 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10541 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10542 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10543 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10544 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10545 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10546 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10547 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10549 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10551 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10553 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10554 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10555 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10556 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10557 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10558 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10560 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10562 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10563 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10564 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10565 Return value:
10566 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10567 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10568 * otherwise, nil
10570 \(fn E)" t nil)
10572 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10573 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10574 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10576 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10578 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10579 Try to get a file name at point.
10580 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10582 \(fn)" nil nil)
10584 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10585 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10587 \(fn)" t nil)
10589 ;;;***
10591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (22388 5703 754572
10592 ;;;;;; 726000))
10593 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10595 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10596 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10597 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10598 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10600 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10602 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10603 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10604 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10605 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10606 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10607 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10609 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10611 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10612 Add FILE to the file cache.
10614 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10616 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10617 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10618 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10620 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10622 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10623 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10624 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10626 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10628 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10629 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10630 This function does not use any external programs.
10631 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10632 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10633 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10635 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10637 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10638 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10639 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10640 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10641 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10642 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10643 \(directories) is done.
10645 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10647 ;;;***
10649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (22388 5703 780572
10650 ;;;;;; 982000))
10651 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10653 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10654 Handle file system monitoring event.
10655 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10657 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
10659 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10661 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10663 ;;;***
10665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (22388 5703 781572 992000))
10666 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10668 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10669 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10671 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10672 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10673 Local Variables list.
10675 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10676 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10677 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10679 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10681 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10682 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10684 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10686 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10687 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10689 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10690 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10691 the -*- line.
10693 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10694 then this function adds it.
10696 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10698 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10699 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10701 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10703 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10704 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10706 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10708 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10709 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10711 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10713 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10714 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10716 \(fn)" t nil)
10718 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10719 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10721 \(fn)" t nil)
10723 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10724 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10726 \(fn)" t nil)
10728 ;;;***
10730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (22388 5704 35575
10731 ;;;;;; 489000))
10732 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10734 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10735 Filesets initialization.
10736 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10738 \(fn)" nil nil)
10740 ;;;***
10742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (22388 5704 81575
10743 ;;;;;; 942000))
10744 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10745 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10747 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10748 Initiate the building of a find command.
10749 For example:
10751 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10752 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10753 (mtime \"+1\"))
10754 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10756 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10757 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10759 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10761 ;;;***
10763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (22388 5704 84575
10764 ;;;;;; 971000))
10765 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10767 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10768 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10769 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10771 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10773 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10774 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10776 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10778 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10779 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10780 and run Dired on those files.
10781 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10782 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10784 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
10786 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10788 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10790 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10791 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10792 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10794 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10795 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10797 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10798 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10800 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10802 ;;;***
10804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (22388 5704 85575
10805 ;;;;;; 981000))
10806 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10808 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10809 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10810 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10811 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10812 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10813 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10814 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10816 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10818 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10819 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10820 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10822 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10824 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10826 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10828 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10829 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10830 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10832 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10833 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10835 Variables of interest include:
10837 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10838 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10839 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10841 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10842 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10843 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10845 - `ff-ignore-include'
10846 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10848 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10849 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10851 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10852 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10854 - `ff-special-constructs'
10855 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10856 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10857 extracting the filename from that construct.
10859 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10860 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10862 - `ff-search-directories'
10863 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10864 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10866 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10867 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10869 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10870 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10872 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10873 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10875 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10876 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10878 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10879 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10881 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10883 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10884 Visit the file you click on.
10886 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10888 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10889 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10891 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10893 ;;;***
10895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (22420
10896 ;;;;;; 38537 268424 423000))
10897 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10899 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10900 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10901 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10903 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10905 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10906 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10907 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10908 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10910 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10911 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10912 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10913 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10915 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10917 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10918 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10920 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10921 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10922 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10923 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10925 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10926 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10927 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10929 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10930 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10931 in `load-path'.
10933 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10935 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10936 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10938 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10939 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10940 places point before the definition.
10941 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10943 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10944 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10945 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10947 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10949 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10950 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10952 See `find-function' for more details.
10954 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10956 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10957 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10959 See `find-function' for more details.
10961 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10963 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10964 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10966 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10967 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10968 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10970 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10971 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10973 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10975 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10976 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10978 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10979 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10980 places point before the definition.
10982 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10984 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10985 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10986 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10988 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10990 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10991 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10993 See `find-variable' for more details.
10995 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10997 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10998 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11000 See `find-variable' for more details.
11002 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11004 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
11005 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11006 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11007 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11008 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11009 buffer nor display it.
11011 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11012 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11014 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11016 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
11017 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11019 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11020 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11021 places point before the definition.
11023 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11025 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11026 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11027 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11029 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11031 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11032 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11033 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11035 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11037 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
11038 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
11039 See `find-function-on-key'.
11041 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11043 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
11044 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
11045 See `find-function-on-key'.
11047 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11049 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11050 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11052 \(fn)" t nil)
11054 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11055 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11057 \(fn)" t nil)
11059 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11060 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11062 \(fn)" nil nil)
11064 ;;;***
11066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (22388 5704 89576
11067 ;;;;;; 20000))
11068 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11070 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11071 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11073 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11075 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11076 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11078 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11080 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11081 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11083 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11085 ;;;***
11087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (22388 5704 124576 364000))
11088 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11089 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11091 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11092 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11094 \(fn)" t nil)
11096 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11097 Display FILE's commentary section.
11098 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11100 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11102 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11103 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11105 \(fn)" t nil)
11107 ;;;***
11109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (22388 5704 128576
11110 ;;;;;; 404000))
11111 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11113 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11114 Toggle flow control handling.
11115 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11116 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11118 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11120 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11121 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11122 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11123 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11124 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11125 to get the effect of a C-q.
11127 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11129 ;;;***
11131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (22388 6371
11132 ;;;;;; 667141 163000))
11133 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11135 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11138 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11140 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11143 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11145 ;;;***
11147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (22388 6386
11148 ;;;;;; 215284 234000))
11149 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11150 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11152 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11153 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11154 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11155 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11156 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11157 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11161 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11162 Turn flymake mode on.
11164 \(fn)" nil nil)
11166 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11167 Turn flymake mode off.
11169 \(fn)" nil nil)
11171 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11174 \(fn)" nil nil)
11176 ;;;***
11178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (22388 6389
11179 ;;;;;; 329314 858000))
11180 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11182 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11183 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11185 \(fn)" t nil)
11186 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11188 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11189 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11190 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11191 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11192 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11194 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11195 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11196 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11198 Bindings:
11199 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11200 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11201 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11202 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11204 Hooks:
11205 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11207 Remark:
11208 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11209 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11210 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11212 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11213 consider adding:
11214 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11215 in your init file.
11217 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11218 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11222 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11223 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11225 \(fn)" nil nil)
11227 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11228 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11230 \(fn)" nil nil)
11232 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11233 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11235 \(fn)" nil nil)
11237 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11238 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11240 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11242 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11243 Flyspell whole buffer.
11245 \(fn)" t nil)
11247 ;;;***
11249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (22388 5704 128576 404000))
11250 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11251 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11253 ;;;***
11255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (22388 5704 168576 797000))
11256 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11258 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11259 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11261 \(fn)" nil nil)
11263 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11264 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11266 \(fn)" nil nil)
11268 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11269 Toggle Follow mode.
11270 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11271 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11272 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11274 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11275 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11277 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11278 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11279 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11281 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11282 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11283 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11284 movement commands.
11286 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
11287 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
11288 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
11289 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
11290 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11291 mileage may vary).
11293 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11294 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
11296 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11298 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11300 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11301 \\{follow-mode-map}
11303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11305 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up-window "follow" "\
11306 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
11307 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
11309 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11310 the window will be visible after the scroll.
11312 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11313 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11315 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11319 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down-window "follow" "\
11320 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
11321 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
11323 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11324 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
11326 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11327 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11329 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11333 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up "follow" "\
11334 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
11336 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11337 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
11339 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11340 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11342 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11346 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down "follow" "\
11347 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
11349 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11350 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
11352 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11353 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11355 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11359 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11360 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11362 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11363 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11364 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11365 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11366 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11367 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11369 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11370 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11371 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11375 ;;;***
11377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (22388 6375 555179
11378 ;;;;;; 400000))
11379 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11380 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11382 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11383 Toggle Footnote mode.
11384 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11385 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11386 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11388 Footnote mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11389 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11390 play around with the following keys:
11391 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11395 ;;;***
11397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (22388 5704 290577 997000))
11398 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11400 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11401 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11403 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11404 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11405 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11406 C-c < forms-first-record <
11407 C-c > forms-last-record >
11408 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11409 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11410 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11411 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11412 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11413 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11414 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11415 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11416 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11417 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11419 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11421 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11422 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11424 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11426 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11427 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11429 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11431 ;;;***
11433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (22388 6386
11434 ;;;;;; 297285 40000))
11435 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11437 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11438 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11439 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11441 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11442 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11444 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11446 Key definitions:
11447 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11449 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11451 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11452 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11453 `fortran-do-indent'
11454 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11455 `fortran-if-indent'
11456 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11457 `fortran-structure-indent'
11458 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11459 (default 3)
11460 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11461 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11462 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11463 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11464 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11465 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11466 nil don't change the indentation
11467 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11468 value of either
11469 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11470 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11471 depending on the continuation format in use.
11472 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11473 indentation for a line of code.
11474 (default `fixed')
11475 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11476 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11477 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11478 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11479 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11480 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11481 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11482 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11483 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11484 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11485 column 5.
11486 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11487 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11488 statements (default nil).
11489 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11490 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11491 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11492 `fortran-continuation-string'
11493 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11494 line (default \"$\").
11495 `fortran-comment-region'
11496 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11497 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11498 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11499 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11500 as typed (default t).
11501 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11502 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11504 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11505 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11507 \(fn)" t nil)
11509 ;;;***
11511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (22388 6383 331255
11512 ;;;;;; 871000))
11513 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11515 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11516 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11518 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11519 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11521 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11523 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11524 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11526 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11527 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11529 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11531 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11532 Compile fortune file.
11534 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11535 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11537 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11539 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11540 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11542 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11543 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11544 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11545 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11547 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11549 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11550 Display a fortune cookie.
11551 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11552 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11553 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11554 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11556 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11558 ;;;***
11560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (22388 5704 371578
11561 ;;;;;; 794000))
11562 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11564 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11565 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11566 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11568 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11569 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11570 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11572 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11573 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11575 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11576 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11578 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11579 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11580 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11581 intend to modify existing values, do
11583 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11585 before changing anything.
11587 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11588 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11590 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11591 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11592 to restore the frame.
11594 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11595 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11596 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11598 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11599 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11600 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11601 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11602 FILTER A filter function.
11604 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11605 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11607 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11609 where
11611 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11612 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11613 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11614 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11615 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11616 before restoring it.
11617 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11619 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11620 It must return:
11621 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11622 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11623 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11625 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11626 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11628 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11629 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11630 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11631 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11632 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11633 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11634 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11636 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11638 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11639 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11641 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11643 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11644 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11645 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11646 If nil, check all live frames.
11648 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11650 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11651 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11652 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11653 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11654 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11655 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11656 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11657 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11658 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11659 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11660 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11662 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11664 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11665 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11667 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11668 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11669 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11670 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11671 and window-state is not restored.
11673 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11674 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11676 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11677 t All existing frames can be reused.
11678 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11679 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11680 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11681 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11683 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11684 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11685 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11686 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11687 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11688 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11689 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11690 be created from that parameter alist.
11692 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11693 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11694 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11695 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11696 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11697 - the live frame just restored,
11698 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11699 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11700 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11702 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows \"cleaning up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11703 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11704 nil Keep all frames.
11705 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11706 - FRAME, a live frame.
11707 - ACTION, which can be one of
11708 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11709 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11710 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11711 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11712 Return value is ignored.
11714 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11715 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11716 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11717 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11718 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11720 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11722 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11724 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11725 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11726 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11728 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11730 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11731 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11732 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11734 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11736 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11737 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11738 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11739 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11741 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11743 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11745 ;;;***
11747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (22388 6383 335255
11748 ;;;;;; 911000))
11749 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11750 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11752 ;;;***
11754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (22431 53468
11755 ;;;;;; 724634 231000))
11756 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11758 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11759 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11760 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
11761 for a description of this minor mode.")
11763 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11765 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11766 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11767 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11768 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11769 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11770 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11771 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11775 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11776 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
11778 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
11779 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
11780 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
11781 for your debugger.
11782 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
11783 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
11784 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
11785 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
11787 COMMAND-LINE should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11788 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11790 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11791 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11792 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11793 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11795 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11796 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11797 shown in some of the buffers.
11799 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11801 The following commands help control operation :
11803 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11804 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11806 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11807 detailed description of this mode.
11810 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11811 | GDB Toolbar |
11812 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11813 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11814 | | |
11815 | | |
11816 | | |
11817 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11818 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11819 | | (comint-mode) |
11820 | | |
11821 | | |
11822 | | |
11823 | | |
11824 | | |
11825 | | |
11826 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11827 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11828 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11829 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11830 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11831 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11833 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11835 ;;;***
11837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (22388 6369
11838 ;;;;;; 423119 95000))
11839 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11841 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11842 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11843 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11844 instead (which see).")
11846 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11847 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11849 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11850 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11851 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11852 documentation string instead.
11854 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11855 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11856 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11857 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11858 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11859 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11860 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11861 enders are actually possible.
11863 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11864 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11866 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11867 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11868 `font-lock-keywords'.
11870 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11871 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11872 runs the macro expansion.
11874 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11875 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11876 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11878 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11880 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11882 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11884 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11886 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11887 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11889 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11891 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11892 Enter generic mode MODE.
11894 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11895 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11896 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11898 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11899 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11901 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11903 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11904 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11905 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11906 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11907 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11908 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11909 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11910 `font-lock-keywords'.
11912 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11914 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11916 ;;;***
11918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (22388 6386
11919 ;;;;;; 507287 105000))
11920 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11922 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11923 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11924 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11925 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11926 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11927 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11931 ;;;***
11933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (22388 6371
11934 ;;;;;; 667141 163000))
11935 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11937 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11938 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11939 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11941 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11943 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11944 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11946 Guideline for numbers:
11947 1 - error messages
11948 3 - non-serious error messages
11949 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11950 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11951 9 - messages inside loops.
11953 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11955 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11956 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11957 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11959 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11961 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11962 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11964 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11966 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11967 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11969 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11970 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11971 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11972 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11973 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11974 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11976 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11977 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11978 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11979 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11980 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11982 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11984 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11986 ;;;***
11988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (22388 6373 163155 876000))
11989 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11990 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11991 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11992 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11994 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11995 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11999 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
12000 Read network news.
12001 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
12002 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
12003 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
12004 name of an NNTP server to use.
12005 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
12006 server.
12008 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
12010 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
12011 Read news as a slave.
12013 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12015 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
12016 Pop up a frame to read news.
12017 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
12018 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
12019 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
12020 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
12021 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
12022 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
12023 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
12024 current display is used.
12026 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
12028 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
12029 Read network news.
12030 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
12031 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
12032 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
12034 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
12036 ;;;***
12038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (22388 6371
12039 ;;;;;; 716141 645000))
12040 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
12042 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12043 Start Gnus unplugged.
12045 \(fn)" t nil)
12047 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
12048 Start Gnus plugged.
12050 \(fn)" t nil)
12052 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12053 Read news as a slave unplugged.
12055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12057 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
12058 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
12060 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
12061 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
12062 customize gnus-agent to nil.
12064 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
12065 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
12066 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
12068 \(fn)" t nil)
12070 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
12071 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
12073 \(fn)" nil nil)
12075 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
12076 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12077 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12078 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12079 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12080 supported.
12082 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12084 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
12085 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
12086 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12087 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12088 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12089 supported.
12091 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12093 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
12094 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12096 \(fn)" nil nil)
12098 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
12099 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12100 downloaded into the agent.
12102 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12104 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
12105 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12106 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12107 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12109 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12111 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
12112 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12114 \(fn)" t nil)
12116 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
12117 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12119 \(fn)" t nil)
12121 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
12122 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12123 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
12125 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12127 ;;;***
12129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (22388 6371 843142
12130 ;;;;;; 894000))
12131 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12133 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
12134 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12136 \(fn)" nil nil)
12138 ;;;***
12140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (22388
12141 ;;;;;; 6371 929143 740000))
12142 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12144 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12145 Set a bookmark for this article.
12147 \(fn)" t nil)
12149 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12150 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12152 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12154 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12155 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12156 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12157 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12158 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12160 \(fn)" t nil)
12162 ;;;***
12164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (22388 6371
12165 ;;;;;; 944143 887000))
12166 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12168 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12169 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12171 Usage:
12172 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12174 \(fn)" t nil)
12176 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12177 Generate the cache active file.
12179 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12181 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12182 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12184 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12186 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12187 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12188 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12189 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12190 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12191 supported.
12193 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12195 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12196 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12197 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12198 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12199 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12200 supported.
12202 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12204 ;;;***
12206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (22388 6372
12207 ;;;;;; 21144 645000))
12208 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12210 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12211 Delay this article by some time.
12212 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12214 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12215 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12217 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12218 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12220 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12221 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12223 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12225 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12226 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12228 \(fn)" t nil)
12230 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12231 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12232 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12233 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12235 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12236 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12238 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12240 ;;;***
12242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (22388 6372
12243 ;;;;;; 22144 655000))
12244 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12246 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12249 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12251 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12254 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12256 ;;;***
12258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (22388 6372
12259 ;;;;;; 22144 655000))
12260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12262 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12263 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12265 \(fn)" t nil)
12267 ;;;***
12269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (22388 6372
12270 ;;;;;; 23144 664000))
12271 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12273 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12274 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12276 \(fn)" t nil)
12278 ;;;***
12280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (22388 6372 81145
12281 ;;;;;; 235000))
12282 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12284 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12285 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12287 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12289 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12291 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12292 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12294 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12296 \(fn)" t nil)
12298 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12299 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12301 \(fn)" t nil)
12303 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12304 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12306 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12307 different input formats.
12309 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12311 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12312 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12314 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12315 different input formats.
12317 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12319 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12320 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12321 The PNG is returned as a string.
12323 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12325 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12326 Convert FILE to a Face.
12327 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12328 726 bytes.
12330 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12332 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12333 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12335 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12337 \(fn)" t nil)
12339 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12340 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12342 \(fn)" nil nil)
12344 ;;;***
12346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (22388
12347 ;;;;;; 6372 82145 245000))
12348 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12350 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12351 Display gravatar in the From header.
12352 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12354 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12356 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12357 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12358 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12360 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12362 ;;;***
12364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (22388 6372
12365 ;;;;;; 124145 658000))
12366 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12368 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12369 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12370 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12371 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12373 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12375 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12376 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12378 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12380 ;;;***
12382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (22388 6372
12383 ;;;;;; 166146 71000))
12384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12386 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12389 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12391 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12394 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12396 ;;;***
12398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (22388 6372
12399 ;;;;;; 241146 808000))
12400 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12402 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12404 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12405 Run batched scoring.
12406 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12408 \(fn)" t nil)
12410 ;;;***
12412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (22388 6372 250146
12413 ;;;;;; 897000))
12414 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12416 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12419 \(fn)" nil nil)
12421 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12422 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12423 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12425 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12427 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12428 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12430 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12434 ;;;***
12436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (22388 6372
12437 ;;;;;; 251146 907000))
12438 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12440 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12441 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12442 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12443 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12444 group parameters.
12446 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12447 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12448 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12449 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12451 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12452 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12453 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12454 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12455 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12456 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12457 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12458 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12459 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12460 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12462 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12464 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12465 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12466 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12467 nil CATCH-ALL).
12469 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12470 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12472 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12474 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12475 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12476 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12478 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12480 \(fn)" nil nil)
12482 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12483 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12484 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12486 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12488 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12489 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12490 existing groups are considered.
12492 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12493 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12494 returned.
12496 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12497 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12498 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12499 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12500 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12501 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12502 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12503 clauses will be generated.
12505 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12506 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12507 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12508 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
12509 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12510 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
12512 For example, given the following group parameters:
12514 nnml:mail.bar:
12515 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12516 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12517 nnml:mail.foo:
12518 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12519 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12520 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12521 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12522 nnml:mail.others:
12523 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12525 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12527 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12528 \"mail.bar\")
12529 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12530 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12531 \"mail.others\")
12533 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12535 ;;;***
12537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (22388 6372 285147
12538 ;;;;;; 241000))
12539 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12541 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12542 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12543 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12544 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12545 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12546 instead.
12548 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12550 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12551 Mail to ADDRESS.
12553 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12555 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12556 Like `message-reply'.
12558 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12560 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12562 ;;;***
12564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12565 ;;;;;; (22388 6372 289147 280000))
12566 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12568 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12569 Send a notification on new message.
12570 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12571 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12572 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12574 This is typically a function to add in
12575 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12577 \(fn)" nil nil)
12579 ;;;***
12581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (22388 6372
12582 ;;;;;; 309147 477000))
12583 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12585 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12586 Display picons in the From header.
12587 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12589 \(fn)" t nil)
12591 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12592 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12593 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12595 \(fn)" t nil)
12597 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12598 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12599 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12601 \(fn)" t nil)
12603 ;;;***
12605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (22388 6372
12606 ;;;;;; 328147 664000))
12607 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12609 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12610 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12611 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12612 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12614 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12616 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12617 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12618 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12619 LIST1 is modified.
12621 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12623 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12624 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12625 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12627 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12629 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12632 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12634 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12635 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12636 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12638 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12640 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12641 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12642 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12644 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12646 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12648 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12649 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12650 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12652 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12654 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12655 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12656 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12658 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12660 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12661 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12662 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12664 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12666 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12667 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12669 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12671 ;;;***
12673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (22388
12674 ;;;;;; 6372 330147 684000))
12675 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12677 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12678 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12680 \(fn)" t nil)
12682 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12683 Install the registry hooks.
12685 \(fn)" t nil)
12687 ;;;***
12689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (22388 6372
12690 ;;;;;; 437148 736000))
12691 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12693 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12694 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12695 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12696 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12697 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12698 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12700 \(fn)" t nil)
12702 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12703 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12704 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12705 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12706 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12708 \(fn)" t nil)
12710 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12713 \(fn)" t nil)
12715 ;;;***
12717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (22388 6372
12718 ;;;;;; 457148 932000))
12719 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12721 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12722 Update the format specification near point.
12724 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12726 ;;;***
12728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (22388 6372
12729 ;;;;;; 548149 827000))
12730 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12732 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12733 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12735 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12737 ;;;***
12739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (22388 6372 777152
12740 ;;;;;; 80000))
12741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12743 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12744 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12745 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12747 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12749 ;;;***
12751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (22388 6372
12752 ;;;;;; 949153 772000))
12753 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12755 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12756 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12758 \(fn)" t nil)
12760 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12761 Install the sync hooks.
12763 \(fn)" t nil)
12765 ;;;***
12767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (22388 6373 115155
12768 ;;;;;; 403000))
12769 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12771 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12772 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12774 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12776 ;;;***
12778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (22388 6377 479198
12779 ;;;;;; 321000))
12780 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12782 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12783 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12784 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12785 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12786 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12787 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12789 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12791 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12793 ;;;***
12795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (22388 6383 373256
12796 ;;;;;; 284000))
12797 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12799 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12800 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12802 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12803 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12804 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12806 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12807 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12808 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12810 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12811 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12813 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12814 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12816 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12818 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12820 ;;;***
12822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (22388 6377
12823 ;;;;;; 479198 321000))
12824 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12826 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12828 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12829 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12830 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12831 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12832 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12834 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12836 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12837 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12838 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12839 or to send e-mail.
12840 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12841 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12843 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12844 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12846 \(fn)" t nil)
12847 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12849 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12850 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12851 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12852 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12853 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12857 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12858 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12862 ;;;***
12864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (22388 6373 208156
12865 ;;;;;; 318000))
12866 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12868 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12869 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12870 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12872 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12874 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12875 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12877 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12879 ;;;***
12881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (22388 6386 514287
12882 ;;;;;; 174000))
12883 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12885 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12886 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12888 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12890 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12891 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12892 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12893 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12894 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12896 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12897 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12898 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12900 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12902 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12903 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12904 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12905 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12906 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12908 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12910 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12911 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12913 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12915 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12916 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12918 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12919 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12920 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12922 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12923 The default find program.
12924 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12925 and others.")
12927 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12928 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12929 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12930 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12932 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12933 How to invoke find and grep.
12934 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12935 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12936 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12937 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12939 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12941 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12942 History list for grep.")
12944 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12945 History list for grep-find.")
12947 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12948 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12949 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12951 \(fn)" nil nil)
12953 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12956 \(fn)" nil nil)
12958 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12959 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12961 \(fn)" nil nil)
12963 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12964 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
12965 While Grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12966 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
12967 matches. To kill the Grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12969 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
12970 arguments.
12972 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12973 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12975 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12976 can easily repeat a grep command.
12978 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
12979 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
12980 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12981 list is empty).
12983 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12985 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12986 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12987 Collect output in a buffer.
12988 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12989 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12991 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12992 easily repeat a find command.
12994 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12996 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12998 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12999 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
13000 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
13001 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
13002 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
13004 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
13005 before it is executed.
13006 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
13008 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
13009 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
13010 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
13012 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
13014 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
13016 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
13017 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
13018 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
13019 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
13020 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
13022 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
13023 before it is executed.
13024 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
13026 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
13027 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
13028 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
13029 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
13031 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
13033 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
13034 to specify a command to run.
13036 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
13038 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
13039 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
13040 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
13041 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
13043 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
13045 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
13047 ;;;***
13049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (22388 5704 415579 226000))
13050 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
13052 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
13053 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
13054 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
13055 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
13056 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
13058 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
13060 ;;;***
13062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (22431 53468 725634
13063 ;;;;;; 240000))
13064 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
13066 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
13067 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
13068 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
13069 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
13070 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
13071 for your debugger.
13072 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
13073 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
13074 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
13075 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
13077 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13079 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
13080 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13081 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13082 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13084 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13086 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
13087 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13088 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13089 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13091 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13093 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
13094 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13095 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13096 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13098 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
13099 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
13101 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13103 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
13104 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13105 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13106 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13108 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13110 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
13111 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13112 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13113 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13115 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13117 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
13118 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13119 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13120 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13122 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13124 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
13125 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
13126 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
13127 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
13128 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
13130 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
13131 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
13132 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
13133 original source file access method.
13135 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
13136 gud, see `gud-mode'.
13138 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13140 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
13141 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
13143 \(fn)" t nil)
13145 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
13146 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
13147 See the `gud-tooltip-mode' command
13148 for a description of this minor mode.
13149 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13150 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13151 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
13153 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
13155 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
13156 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
13157 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
13158 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13159 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
13161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13163 ;;;***
13165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (22388 6369 428119
13166 ;;;;;; 144000))
13167 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
13169 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
13170 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
13171 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
13172 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
13173 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
13174 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
13175 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
13176 set it to.
13177 DO must return an Elisp expression.
13179 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
13181 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
13182 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
13183 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
13184 of PLACE.
13185 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
13186 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
13187 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
13188 and SETTER.
13189 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
13190 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13192 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13194 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13196 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13197 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13198 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13199 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13200 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13202 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13204 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13206 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13209 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13211 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
13213 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13215 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13216 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13217 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13218 well for simple place forms.
13219 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13220 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13221 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13222 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13223 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13224 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13225 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) \\=`(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13227 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13229 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13231 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13232 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13233 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13234 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13235 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13237 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13238 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13239 (let ((temp VAL))
13240 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13241 temp)
13242 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13244 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13246 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13247 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13248 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13249 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13250 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13251 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13253 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13255 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13257 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13258 Return a reference to PLACE.
13259 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13260 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13261 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol \\='foo) which will also work in dynamic
13262 binding mode.
13264 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13266 ;;;***
13268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (22388 6383
13269 ;;;;;; 391256 461000))
13270 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13272 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13273 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13274 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13275 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13277 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13278 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13279 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13280 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13282 \(fn)" t nil)
13284 ;;;***
13286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (22388 6383 415256
13287 ;;;;;; 698000))
13288 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13290 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13291 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13293 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13295 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13296 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13297 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13298 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13300 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13302 \(fn)" t nil)
13304 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13305 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13306 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13307 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13308 to be updated.
13310 \(fn)" t nil)
13312 ;;;***
13314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (22388 6375 557179
13315 ;;;;;; 420000))
13316 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13318 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13319 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13321 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13323 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13324 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13325 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13327 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13329 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13330 Verify a hashcash payment
13332 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13334 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13335 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13336 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13337 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13338 `mail-add-payment-async').
13340 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13342 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13343 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13344 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13345 Calculation is asynchronous.
13347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13349 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13350 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13351 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13355 ;;;***
13357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (22388 5704 419579
13358 ;;;;;; 265000))
13359 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13361 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13362 Return the help-echo string at point.
13363 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13364 property, or nil, is returned.
13365 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13366 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13367 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13369 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13371 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13372 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13373 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13374 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13375 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13377 \(fn)" nil nil)
13379 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13380 Display local help in the echo area.
13381 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13382 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13383 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13384 printed instead.
13386 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13387 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13388 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13392 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13393 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13394 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13396 \(fn)" t nil)
13398 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13399 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13400 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13402 \(fn)" t nil)
13404 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13405 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13406 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13407 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13408 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13409 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13410 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13411 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13412 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13413 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13414 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13416 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13417 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13418 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13419 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13420 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13422 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13423 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13424 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13425 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13426 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13427 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13428 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13429 The default is `never'.")
13431 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13433 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13434 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13435 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13436 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13437 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13438 considered different regions.
13440 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13441 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13442 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13443 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13444 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13445 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13446 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13447 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13448 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13450 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13452 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13453 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13454 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13455 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13456 different regions.
13458 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13459 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13460 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13461 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13462 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13463 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13464 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13465 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13467 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13468 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13469 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13470 rarely happens in practice.
13472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13474 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13475 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13476 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13477 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13478 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13479 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13483 ;;;***
13485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (22420 38537 275424
13486 ;;;;;; 491000))
13487 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13489 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13490 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13492 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13494 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13495 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13496 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13498 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13500 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13501 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13502 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13503 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13504 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13505 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13506 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13508 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13509 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13510 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13511 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13512 suitable file is found, return nil.
13514 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13516 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13519 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13521 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13522 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13523 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13524 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13526 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13528 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13529 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13530 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13531 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13532 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13533 it is displayed along with the global value.
13535 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13537 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
13538 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13539 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13540 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
13541 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
13542 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
13544 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13546 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13547 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13548 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13549 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13551 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13553 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13554 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13555 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13556 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13557 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13559 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13561 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13562 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13564 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13566 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13567 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13569 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13571 ;;;***
13573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (22388 5704 462579
13574 ;;;;;; 689000))
13575 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13577 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13578 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13579 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13580 window listing and describing the options.
13581 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13582 gives the window that lists the options.")
13584 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13586 ;;;***
13588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (22388 5704 464579
13589 ;;;;;; 709000))
13590 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13592 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13593 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13594 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13595 Commands:
13596 \\{help-mode-map}
13598 \(fn)" t nil)
13600 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13601 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
13603 \(fn)" nil nil)
13605 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13606 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
13608 \(fn)" nil nil)
13610 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13611 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13613 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13614 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13615 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13616 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13618 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13619 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13620 restore it properly when going back.
13622 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13624 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13625 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13626 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13627 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13628 from `help-mode'.
13629 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13630 it does not already exist.
13632 \(fn)" nil nil)
13634 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13635 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13637 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13638 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13639 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13640 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13641 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13642 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13643 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13644 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13646 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13647 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13648 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13649 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13651 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13652 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13653 that.
13655 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13657 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13658 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13659 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13660 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13661 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13662 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13664 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13666 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13667 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13668 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13669 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13670 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13672 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13674 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13675 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13677 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13679 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
13681 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13682 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13683 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13684 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13686 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13688 ;;;***
13690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (22388 6369
13691 ;;;;;; 433119 193000))
13692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13694 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13695 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13697 \(fn)" t nil)
13699 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13700 Provide help for current mode.
13702 \(fn)" t nil)
13704 ;;;***
13706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (22388 5704 524580 299000))
13707 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13709 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13710 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13711 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13712 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13713 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13715 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13716 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13718 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13719 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13720 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13721 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13723 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13724 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13725 periods.
13727 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13728 in hexl format.
13730 A sample format:
13732 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
13733 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13734 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13735 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13736 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13737 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13738 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13739 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13740 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13741 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13742 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13743 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13744 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13745 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13746 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13748 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13749 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13750 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13752 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13753 also supported.
13755 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13757 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13758 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13759 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13761 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13762 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13763 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13765 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13766 into the buffer at the current point.
13768 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13769 into the buffer at the current point.
13771 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13772 into the buffer at the current point.
13774 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13776 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13777 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13779 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13781 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13785 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13786 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13787 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13788 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13790 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13792 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13793 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13794 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13796 \(fn)" t nil)
13798 ;;;***
13800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (22388 5704 575580 800000))
13801 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13803 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13804 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13805 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13806 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13807 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13809 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13810 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13811 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13812 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13814 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13815 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13816 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13817 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13819 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13820 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13821 which can be called interactively, are:
13823 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13824 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13826 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13827 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13828 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13829 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13831 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13832 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13834 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13835 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13836 available face automatically.
13838 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13839 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13841 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13842 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13843 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13844 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13845 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13846 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13847 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13848 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13849 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13850 function returns t.
13852 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13853 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13855 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13856 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13857 form:
13858 Hi-lock: FOO
13860 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13861 position (number of characters into buffer)
13862 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13863 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13864 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13868 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13869 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13870 See the `global-hi-lock-mode' command
13871 for a description of this minor mode.
13872 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13873 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13874 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13876 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13878 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13879 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13880 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13881 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13882 ARG is omitted or nil.
13884 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13885 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13886 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13890 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13892 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13893 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13894 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13895 Use the global history list for FACE.
13897 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13898 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13899 highlighting will not update as you type.
13901 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13903 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13905 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13906 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13907 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13908 Use the global history list for FACE.
13910 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13911 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13912 highlighting will not update as you type.
13914 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13916 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13918 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13919 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13920 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13921 Use the global history list for FACE.
13923 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13924 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13925 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13927 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13928 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13929 highlighting will not update as you type.
13931 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13933 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13935 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13936 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13937 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13938 unless you use a prefix argument.
13939 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13941 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13942 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13944 \(fn)" t nil)
13946 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13948 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13949 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13950 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13951 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13952 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13953 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13955 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13957 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13958 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13960 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13961 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13962 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13964 \(fn)" t nil)
13966 ;;;***
13968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (22388 6386
13969 ;;;;;; 684288 846000))
13970 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13972 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13973 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13974 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13975 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13976 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13978 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13979 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13980 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13981 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13983 `hide-ifdef-env'
13984 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13985 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13986 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13987 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13988 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13989 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13990 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13992 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13993 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13994 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13995 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13996 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13998 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13999 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
14000 #endif lines when hiding.
14002 `hide-ifdef-initially'
14003 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
14004 is activated.
14006 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
14007 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
14008 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
14010 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
14012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14014 ;;;***
14016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (22388 6386
14017 ;;;;;; 703289 33000))
14018 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
14020 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
14021 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
14022 Each element has the form
14023 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
14025 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
14026 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
14028 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
14029 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
14031 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
14032 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
14033 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
14034 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
14035 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
14036 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
14038 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
14039 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
14041 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
14042 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
14044 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
14045 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
14046 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
14048 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
14049 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
14050 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14051 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14052 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14054 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
14055 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
14056 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
14058 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
14059 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
14060 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
14062 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
14063 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
14065 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
14067 Key bindings:
14068 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
14070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14072 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
14073 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
14075 \(fn)" nil nil)
14077 ;;;***
14079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (22388 5704 576580
14080 ;;;;;; 810000))
14081 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
14083 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14084 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
14085 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
14086 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
14087 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14089 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
14090 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
14091 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
14092 this on and off.
14094 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
14095 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
14096 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
14097 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
14098 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
14099 through various faces.
14100 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
14101 buffer with the contents of a file
14102 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
14104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14106 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14107 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
14108 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
14109 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
14110 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14112 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
14113 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
14114 in a distinctive face.
14116 The default value can be customized with variable
14117 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
14119 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
14121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14123 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
14124 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
14125 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
14127 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14129 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
14130 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14132 \(fn)" t nil)
14134 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
14135 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14137 \(fn)" t nil)
14139 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
14140 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
14142 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
14143 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
14144 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
14145 shown in the last face in the list.
14147 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
14148 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
14149 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
14151 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14153 \(fn)" t nil)
14155 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
14156 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14158 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14160 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14161 to save the file.
14163 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14164 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14166 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14167 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14168 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14170 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
14172 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
14173 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14175 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14176 this function is called interactively.
14178 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14179 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14180 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14182 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14183 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14184 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14186 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14188 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14189 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14190 See the `global-highlight-changes-mode' command
14191 for a description of this minor mode.
14192 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14193 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14194 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14196 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14198 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14199 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14200 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14201 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14202 ARG is omitted or nil.
14204 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14205 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14206 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14210 ;;;***
14212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (22388 5704 619581
14213 ;;;;;; 232000))
14214 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14215 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14217 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14218 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14219 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14220 or insert functions in this list.")
14222 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14224 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14225 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14226 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14227 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14228 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14229 expansions.
14230 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14231 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14232 undoes the expansion.
14234 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14236 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14237 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14238 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14239 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14241 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14243 ;;;***
14245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (22388 5704 621581 252000))
14246 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14248 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14249 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14250 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14251 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14252 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14254 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14255 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14256 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14257 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14258 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14259 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14261 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14262 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14263 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14264 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14268 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14269 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14270 See the `global-hl-line-mode' command
14271 for a description of this minor mode.
14272 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14273 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14274 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14276 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14278 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14279 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14280 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14281 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14282 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14284 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14285 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14286 windows.
14288 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14289 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14293 ;;;***
14295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (22388 6368
14296 ;;;;;; 119106 271000))
14297 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14299 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14300 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14301 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14303 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14305 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14307 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14308 Oriental holidays.
14309 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14311 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14313 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14315 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14316 Local holidays.
14317 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14319 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14321 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14323 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14324 User defined holidays.
14325 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14327 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14329 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14331 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14332 Jewish holidays.
14333 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14335 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14337 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14339 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14340 Christian holidays.
14341 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14343 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14345 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14347 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14348 Islamic holidays.
14349 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14351 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14353 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14355 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
14356 Bahá’í holidays.
14357 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14359 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14361 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14363 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14364 Sun-related holidays.
14365 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14367 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14369 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14371 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14373 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14374 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14375 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14376 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14380 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14381 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14382 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14383 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14384 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14386 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14387 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14389 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14390 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14392 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14393 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14394 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14395 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14396 of a holiday list.
14398 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14400 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14402 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14404 ;;;***
14406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (22388 6373
14407 ;;;;;; 233156 564000))
14408 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14410 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14411 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14413 \(fn)" t nil)
14415 ;;;***
14417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (22388 5704
14418 ;;;;;; 696581 990000))
14419 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14420 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14422 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14423 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14424 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14425 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14426 as possible.
14428 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14429 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14430 fontified display.
14432 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14433 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14435 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14436 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14437 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14439 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14441 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14442 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14443 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14445 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14447 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14449 ;;;***
14451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (22388 5704 724582
14452 ;;;;;; 265000))
14453 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14455 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14456 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14458 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14459 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14460 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14462 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14463 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14464 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14465 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14466 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14467 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14469 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14470 title of the column.
14472 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14473 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14474 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14475 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14476 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14478 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14480 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14482 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14483 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14484 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14485 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14486 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14488 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14489 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14490 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14492 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14494 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14496 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14498 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14499 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14500 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14501 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14502 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14503 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14505 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14506 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14507 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14508 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14509 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14510 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14511 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14512 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14513 values are:
14514 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14515 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14516 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14517 buffer's modification flag.
14518 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14519 prompted before performing this operation.
14520 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14521 operation is complete, in the form:
14522 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14523 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14524 confirmation message, in the form:
14525 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14526 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14527 macro for exactly what it does.
14529 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14531 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14533 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14535 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14536 Define a filter named NAME.
14537 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14538 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14539 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14541 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14542 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14543 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14544 bound to the current value of the filter.
14546 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14548 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14550 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14552 ;;;***
14554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (22388 5704 764582 658000))
14555 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14557 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14558 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14559 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14560 buffers which are visiting a file.
14562 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14564 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14565 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14566 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14567 buffers which are visiting a file.
14569 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14571 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14572 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14573 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14575 All arguments are optional.
14576 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14577 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14578 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14579 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14580 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14581 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14582 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14583 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14584 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14585 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14586 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14587 that value locally in this buffer.
14589 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14591 ;;;***
14593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (22388
14594 ;;;;;; 6368 158106 655000))
14595 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14596 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14598 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14599 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14600 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14601 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14603 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14605 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14606 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14607 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14608 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14609 ICAL-FILENAME.
14610 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14611 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14612 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14614 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14616 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14617 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14618 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14619 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14620 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14621 non-marking or not.
14623 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14625 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14626 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14628 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14629 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14630 DIARY-FILE.
14632 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14633 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14634 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14636 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14637 non-marking.
14639 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14640 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14641 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14643 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14645 ;;;***
14647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (22388 5704 805583
14648 ;;;;;; 62000))
14649 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14651 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14652 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14653 See the `icomplete-mode' command
14654 for a description of this minor mode.
14655 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14656 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14657 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14659 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14661 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14662 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14663 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14664 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14665 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14667 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14668 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14669 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14670 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14672 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14673 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14675 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14676 completions:
14678 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14681 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14682 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14683 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14684 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14686 ;;;***
14688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (22388 6386 724289
14689 ;;;;;; 240000))
14690 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14692 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14693 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14694 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14695 Tab indents for Icon code.
14696 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14697 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14698 \\{icon-mode-map}
14699 Variables controlling indentation style:
14700 icon-tab-always-indent
14701 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14702 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14703 icon-auto-newline
14704 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14705 inserted in Icon code.
14706 icon-indent-level
14707 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14708 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14709 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14710 icon-continued-statement-offset
14711 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14712 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14713 icon-continued-brace-offset
14714 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14715 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14716 icon-brace-offset
14717 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14718 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14719 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14720 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14722 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14723 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14725 \(fn)" t nil)
14727 ;;;***
14729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (22388
14730 ;;;;;; 6386 833290 311000))
14731 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14733 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14734 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14735 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14736 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14738 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14739 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14740 separate frames.
14742 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14743 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14745 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14746 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14747 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14749 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14751 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14753 ;;;***
14755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (22388 6387
14756 ;;;;;; 24292 190000))
14757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14758 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14760 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14761 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14763 The main features of this mode are
14765 1. Indentation and Formatting
14766 --------------------------
14767 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14768 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14770 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14771 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14772 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14773 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14775 Comments are indented as follows:
14777 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14778 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14779 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14781 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14783 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14784 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14785 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14786 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14787 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14788 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14790 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14791 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14792 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14793 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14795 2. Routine Info
14796 ------------
14797 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14798 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14799 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14800 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14801 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14802 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14803 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14804 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14805 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14806 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14808 3. Online IDL Help
14809 ---------------
14811 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14812 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14813 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14814 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14816 4. Completion
14817 ----------
14818 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14819 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14820 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14821 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14822 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14823 upper case.
14825 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14826 --------------------------------
14827 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14828 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14830 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14831 \\fu FUNCTION template
14832 \\c CASE statement template
14833 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14834 \\f FOR loop template
14835 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14836 \\w WHILE loop template
14837 \\i IF statement template
14838 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14839 \\b BEGIN
14841 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14842 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14844 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14845 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14846 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14847 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14849 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14850 -------------------------
14851 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14852 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14854 7. Automatic END completion
14855 ------------------------
14856 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14857 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14859 8. Hooks
14860 -----
14861 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14862 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14864 9. Documentation and Customization
14865 -------------------------------
14866 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14867 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14868 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14869 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14870 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14871 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14873 10.Keybindings
14874 -----------
14875 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14876 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14877 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14879 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14881 \(fn)" t nil)
14883 ;;;***
14885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (22388 5704 862583 622000))
14886 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14888 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14889 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14890 The following values are possible:
14891 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14892 displaying...)
14893 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14894 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14895 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14897 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14898 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14900 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14902 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14903 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14904 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14905 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14906 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14907 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14908 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
14909 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
14910 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14914 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14915 Switch to another buffer.
14916 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14917 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14918 in another frame.
14920 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14921 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14922 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14923 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14924 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14926 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14927 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14929 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14931 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14932 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14933 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14934 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14935 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14936 in a separate window.
14937 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14938 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14939 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14940 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14941 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14942 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14943 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14944 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14945 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14947 \(fn)" t nil)
14949 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14950 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14951 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14952 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14954 \(fn)" t nil)
14956 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14957 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14958 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14959 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14961 \(fn)" t nil)
14963 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14964 Kill a buffer.
14965 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14966 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14968 \(fn)" t nil)
14970 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14971 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14972 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14973 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14975 \(fn)" t nil)
14977 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14978 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14979 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14980 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14982 \(fn)" t nil)
14984 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14985 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14987 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14989 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14990 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14991 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14992 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14993 in another frame.
14995 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14996 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14997 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14998 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14999 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
15000 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
15002 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
15003 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
15005 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
15007 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
15008 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
15009 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
15010 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
15011 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
15012 in a separate window.
15013 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
15014 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
15015 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
15016 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
15017 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
15018 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
15019 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
15020 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
15021 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
15022 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
15023 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
15024 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
15025 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
15026 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
15027 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
15028 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
15029 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
15030 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
15032 \(fn)" t nil)
15034 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
15035 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15036 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15037 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15039 \(fn)" t nil)
15041 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
15042 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15043 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15044 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15046 \(fn)" t nil)
15048 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
15049 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
15050 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15051 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15053 \(fn)" t nil)
15055 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
15056 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
15057 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15058 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15060 \(fn)" t nil)
15062 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
15063 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
15064 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15065 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15067 \(fn)" t nil)
15069 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
15070 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
15071 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15072 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15074 \(fn)" t nil)
15076 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
15077 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
15078 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15079 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15081 \(fn)" t nil)
15083 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
15084 Write current buffer to a file.
15085 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15086 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15088 \(fn)" t nil)
15090 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
15091 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
15092 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15093 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15095 \(fn)" t nil)
15097 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
15098 Call `dired' the Ido way.
15099 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15100 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15102 \(fn)" t nil)
15104 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
15105 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
15106 Return the name of a buffer selected.
15107 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
15108 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
15109 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
15111 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15113 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
15114 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
15115 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15116 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
15118 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15120 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
15121 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
15122 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15123 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
15125 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
15127 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
15128 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
15129 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
15130 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
15131 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
15132 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
15133 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
15134 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
15135 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
15136 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
15137 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
15138 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
15139 with point positioned at the end.
15140 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15141 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15143 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
15145 ;;;***
15147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (22388 5704 921584 203000))
15148 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15150 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15151 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15152 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15153 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
15155 \(fn)" t nil)
15157 ;;;***
15159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (22388 5704 924584 232000))
15160 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15162 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
15164 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15165 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
15166 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
15167 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15168 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
15169 \\{iimage-mode-map}
15171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15173 ;;;***
15175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (22388 5705 444589 346000))
15176 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15178 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15179 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15180 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15181 be determined.
15183 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15185 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15186 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15187 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15188 be determined.
15190 \(fn)" nil nil)
15192 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15193 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15194 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15195 be determined.
15197 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15199 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15200 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15201 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15202 be determined.
15204 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15206 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15207 Determine and return image type.
15208 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15209 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15210 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15211 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15212 use its file extension as image type.
15213 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15215 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15217 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15218 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15219 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15221 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15223 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15224 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15225 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15227 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15228 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15229 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15230 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15231 must be available.
15233 \(fn)" nil nil)
15235 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15236 Create an image.
15237 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15238 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15239 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15240 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15241 use its file extension as image type.
15242 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15243 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15244 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15245 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15247 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15249 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15250 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15251 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15253 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15255 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15256 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15257 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15258 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15259 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15260 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15261 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15262 POS may be an integer or marker.
15263 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15264 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15265 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15266 means display it in the right marginal area.
15268 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15270 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15271 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15272 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15273 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15274 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15275 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15276 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15277 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15278 means display it in the right marginal area.
15279 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15280 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15281 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15282 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15283 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15285 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15287 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15288 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15289 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15290 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15291 STRING is a single space.
15292 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15293 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15294 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15295 means display it in the right marginal area.
15296 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15298 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15300 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15301 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15302 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15303 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15305 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15307 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15308 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15310 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15312 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15313 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15314 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15315 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15316 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15317 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15318 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15319 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15320 satisfied.
15322 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15324 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15326 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15328 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15329 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15331 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15332 documentation string.
15334 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15335 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15336 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15337 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15338 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15339 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15340 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15341 define SYMBOL.
15343 Example:
15345 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15346 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15348 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15350 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15352 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15353 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15354 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15355 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15357 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15358 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15359 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15360 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15362 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15364 \(fn)" nil nil)
15366 ;;;***
15368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (22388 5705
15369 ;;;;;; 150586 455000))
15370 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15371 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15373 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15374 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15375 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15376 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15377 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15378 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15382 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15383 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15385 Convenience command that:
15387 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15388 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15389 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15391 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15392 image files in dired and type
15393 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15395 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15397 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15398 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15400 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15402 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15403 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15404 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15405 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15406 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15407 another one).
15409 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15410 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15411 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15413 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15414 instead of erasing it first.
15416 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15417 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15418 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15419 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15420 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15421 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15423 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15425 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15426 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15427 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15428 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15429 displayed.
15431 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15433 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15435 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15437 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15438 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15440 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15442 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15443 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15444 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15446 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15448 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15449 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15451 \(fn)" t nil)
15453 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15454 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15455 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15456 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15458 \(fn)" t nil)
15460 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15461 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15463 \(fn)" t nil)
15465 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15466 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15468 \(fn)" t nil)
15470 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15471 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15473 \(fn)" t nil)
15475 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15476 Display current image file.
15477 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15478 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15482 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15483 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15485 \(fn)" t nil)
15487 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15488 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15489 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15490 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15491 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15492 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15493 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15495 \(fn)" t nil)
15497 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15498 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15499 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15500 easy-to-use form.
15502 \(fn)" t nil)
15504 ;;;***
15506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (22388 5705 201586
15507 ;;;;;; 957000))
15508 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15510 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15511 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15512 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15513 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15515 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15516 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15517 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15518 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15520 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15522 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15523 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15524 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15525 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15527 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15528 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15529 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15530 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15532 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15534 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15535 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15537 \(fn)" nil nil)
15539 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15540 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15541 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15542 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15544 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15546 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15547 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15548 See the `auto-image-file-mode' command
15549 for a description of this minor mode.
15550 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15551 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15552 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15554 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15556 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15557 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15558 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15559 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15560 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15562 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15563 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15564 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15568 ;;;***
15570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (22388 5705 201586
15571 ;;;;;; 957000))
15572 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15574 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15575 Major mode for image files.
15576 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15577 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15579 Key bindings:
15580 \\{image-mode-map}
15582 \(fn)" t nil)
15584 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15585 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15586 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15587 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15588 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15590 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15591 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15592 actual image.
15594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15596 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15597 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15598 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15599 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15600 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15601 to display an image file as the actual image.
15603 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15604 to display an image file as text initially.
15606 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15607 on these modes.
15609 \(fn)" t nil)
15611 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15614 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15616 ;;;***
15618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (22388 5705 445589 356000))
15619 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15621 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15622 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15624 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15626 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15627 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15628 in the buffer.
15630 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15632 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15633 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15634 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15636 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15638 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15639 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15640 Each element of this list should have the form
15642 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15644 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15645 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15646 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15647 matches are put).
15648 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15649 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15650 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15651 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15652 another element.
15653 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15654 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15655 the menu item.
15656 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15657 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15658 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15659 the ARGUMENTS.
15661 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15662 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15663 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15665 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15666 create a buffer index.
15668 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15669 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15670 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15671 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15672 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15674 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15676 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15677 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15679 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15680 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15681 called within a `save-excursion'.
15683 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15685 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15687 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15688 Function for finding the next index position.
15690 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15691 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15692 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15693 file.
15695 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15696 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15698 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15700 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15701 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15703 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15704 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15705 It should return the name for that index item.")
15707 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15709 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15710 Function to compare string with index item.
15712 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15713 non-nil if they match.
15715 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15716 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15717 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15718 arguments match\".")
15720 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15722 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15723 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15724 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15726 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15727 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15729 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15731 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15733 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15734 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15735 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15736 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15738 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15740 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15741 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15743 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15745 \(fn)" t nil)
15747 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15748 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15749 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15750 for more information.
15752 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15754 ;;;***
15756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (22388 6375
15757 ;;;;;; 345177 334000))
15758 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15760 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15761 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15763 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15765 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15768 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15770 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15773 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15775 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15778 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15780 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15781 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15783 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15785 ;;;***
15787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (22388 6387
15788 ;;;;;; 122293 154000))
15789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15791 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15792 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15793 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15794 to that buffer.
15795 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15796 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15797 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15798 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15800 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15802 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15804 ;;;***
15806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (22388 5705 585590 732000))
15807 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15809 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15810 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15811 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15812 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15813 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15814 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15815 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15816 first in this list.
15818 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15819 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15820 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15821 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15822 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15824 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15825 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15826 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15828 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15829 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15831 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15832 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15834 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15835 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15836 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15837 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15838 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15839 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15840 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15841 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15842 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15843 with the top-level Info directory.
15845 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15846 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15848 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15850 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15851 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15852 in all the directories in that path.
15854 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15856 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15858 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15859 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15861 \(fn)" t nil)
15863 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15864 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15866 \(fn)" t nil)
15868 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15869 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15870 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15871 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15873 \(fn)" nil nil)
15875 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15876 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15877 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15878 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15880 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15882 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15883 Go to the Info directory node.
15885 \(fn)" t nil)
15887 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15888 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15889 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15890 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15891 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15892 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15894 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15896 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15897 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15898 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15900 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15902 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15903 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15904 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15905 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15906 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15908 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15910 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15911 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15912 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15913 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15914 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15916 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15917 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15919 Selecting other nodes:
15920 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15921 Follow a node reference you click on.
15922 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15923 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15924 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15925 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15926 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15927 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15928 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15929 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15930 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15931 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15932 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15933 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15934 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15935 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15936 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15937 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15938 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15939 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15940 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15941 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15943 Moving within a node:
15944 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15945 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15946 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15947 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15948 move up to the parent node.
15949 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15950 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15951 if there is none.
15952 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15954 Advanced commands:
15955 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15956 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15957 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15958 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15959 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15960 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15961 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15962 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15963 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15964 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15965 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15966 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15967 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15968 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15969 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15970 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15972 \(fn)" t nil)
15973 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15975 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15976 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15977 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15978 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15979 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15980 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15982 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15983 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15985 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15986 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15987 KEY is a string.
15988 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15989 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15990 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15991 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15993 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15995 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15996 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15997 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15999 \(fn)" t nil)
16001 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
16002 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
16003 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
16005 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
16007 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
16008 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
16009 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
16010 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
16011 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
16012 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
16014 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
16016 ;;;***
16018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (22388 5705 484589
16019 ;;;;;; 739000))
16020 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
16022 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
16023 Throw away all cached data.
16024 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
16025 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
16026 system.
16028 \(fn)" t nil)
16029 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
16031 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
16032 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
16033 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
16034 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
16035 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
16036 one found at point.
16038 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
16040 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
16041 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
16043 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
16044 Display the documentation of a file.
16045 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
16046 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
16047 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
16048 The default file name is the one found at point.
16050 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
16052 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
16054 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
16055 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
16057 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16059 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
16060 Perform completion on file preceding point.
16062 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16064 ;;;***
16066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (22388 5705 523590
16067 ;;;;;; 123000))
16068 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
16069 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16071 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
16072 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
16073 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
16074 current info file is the default.
16076 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
16077 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
16078 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
16079 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
16080 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
16082 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
16083 validate node references within it. A message is given for
16084 missing target files once per source document. It could be
16085 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
16086 mistake in the reference.
16088 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
16089 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
16090 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
16092 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
16093 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
16094 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
16095 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
16097 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16099 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
16100 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
16101 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
16102 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
16103 checked.
16105 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
16106 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
16107 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
16108 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
16109 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
16110 should be harmless.
16112 \(fn)" t nil)
16114 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
16115 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
16116 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
16117 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
16119 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
16120 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
16121 and can take a long time.
16123 \(fn)" t nil)
16125 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
16126 Check docstring info node references in source files.
16127 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
16129 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
16131 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
16132 as per `info-xref-check' does.
16134 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
16135 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
16136 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
16137 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
16138 all builtins).
16140 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
16141 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
16142 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
16143 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
16144 the sources handy.
16146 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
16148 ;;;***
16150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (22388 5705 689591
16151 ;;;;;; 755000))
16152 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16154 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16155 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16157 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16159 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
16160 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
16162 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
16164 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16165 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16166 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
16167 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
16169 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16170 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16171 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16173 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16174 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16175 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16176 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16178 \(fn)" t nil)
16180 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16181 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16182 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16184 \(fn)" t nil)
16186 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16187 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16188 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16189 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16190 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16192 \(fn)" nil nil)
16194 ;;;***
16196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (22388 6369
16197 ;;;;;; 449119 351000))
16198 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16200 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16203 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16205 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16207 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16209 ;;;***
16211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (22388 6368
16212 ;;;;;; 463109 654000))
16213 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16214 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16216 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16217 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16218 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16220 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16222 ;;;***
16224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (22388
16225 ;;;;;; 6374 396168 1000))
16226 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16228 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16229 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16231 \(fn)" t nil)
16233 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16234 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16236 \(fn)" t nil)
16238 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16241 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16243 ;;;***
16245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (22388 5705 752592
16246 ;;;;;; 375000))
16247 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16248 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16250 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16251 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16252 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16253 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16254 accessed via isearchb.
16256 \(fn)" t nil)
16258 ;;;***
16260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (22388
16261 ;;;;;; 6374 400168 41000))
16262 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16264 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16265 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16266 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16267 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16268 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16270 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16272 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16273 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16274 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16275 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16276 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16278 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16280 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16281 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16282 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16283 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16284 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16286 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16288 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16289 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16290 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16291 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16292 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16294 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16296 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16297 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16298 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16299 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16300 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16302 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16304 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16305 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16306 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16307 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16308 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16310 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16312 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16313 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16314 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16315 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16316 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16318 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16320 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16321 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16322 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16323 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16325 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16327 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16328 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16329 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16330 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16332 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16334 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16335 Warn that format is read-only.
16337 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16339 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16340 Warn that format is write-only.
16342 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16344 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16345 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16347 \(fn)" t nil)
16349 ;;;***
16351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16352 ;;;;;; (22388 6374 403168 70000))
16353 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16354 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16355 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16357 ;;;***
16359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (22388 6389
16360 ;;;;;; 418315 733000))
16361 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16363 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16365 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16366 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16367 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16368 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16369 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16371 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16373 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16375 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16376 Key map for ispell menu.")
16378 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16379 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16380 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16381 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16383 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16385 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16387 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16389 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16391 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
16392 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16393 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16394 Valid forms include:
16395 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16396 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16397 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16398 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16400 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16401 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16402 First list is used raw.
16403 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16405 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16406 for skipping in latex mode.")
16408 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16409 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16410 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16411 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16412 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16413 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16414 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16416 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16417 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16418 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16419 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16421 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16422 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16423 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16424 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16425 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16427 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16428 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16430 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16431 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16433 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16434 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16436 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16437 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16439 Return values:
16440 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16441 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16442 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16443 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16444 quit spell session exited.
16446 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16448 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16449 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16450 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16452 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16454 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16455 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16457 Selections are:
16459 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16460 SPC: Accept word this time.
16461 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16462 `a': Accept word for this session.
16463 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16464 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16465 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16466 `?': Show these commands.
16467 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16468 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16469 the aborted check to be completed later.
16470 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16471 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16472 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16473 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16474 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16475 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16476 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16478 \(fn)" nil nil)
16480 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16481 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16482 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16483 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16485 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16487 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16488 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16489 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16490 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16492 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16494 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16496 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16497 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16498 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16499 amount for last line processed.
16501 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16503 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16504 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16506 \(fn)" t nil)
16508 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16509 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16511 \(fn)" t nil)
16513 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16514 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16515 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16517 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16519 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16520 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16522 \(fn)" t nil)
16524 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16525 Try to complete the word before or at point.
16526 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
16527 sequence inside of a word.
16529 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16531 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16533 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16534 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16536 \(fn)" t nil)
16538 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16539 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16540 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16541 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16543 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16544 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16545 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16546 available on the net.
16548 \(fn)" t nil)
16550 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16551 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16552 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16553 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16554 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16556 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16557 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16558 spelled.
16560 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16561 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16562 SPC.
16564 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16565 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16569 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16570 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16571 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16572 Don't check included messages.
16574 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16575 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16576 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16578 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16579 in your init file:
16580 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16581 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16582 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook \\='ispell-message)
16583 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook \\='ispell-message)
16585 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16586 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16587 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16589 \(fn)" t nil)
16591 ;;;***
16593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (22388
16594 ;;;;;; 6375 363177 511000))
16595 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16597 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16600 \(fn)" nil nil)
16602 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16603 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16604 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16605 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16606 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16607 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16608 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16609 necessary to represent OBJ.
16611 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16613 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16614 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16615 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16616 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16618 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16620 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16621 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16622 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16623 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16624 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16626 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16628 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16629 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16630 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16631 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16633 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16635 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16636 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16637 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16638 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16640 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16642 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16643 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16645 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16647 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16648 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16649 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16650 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16651 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16653 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16655 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16656 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16657 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16658 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16659 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16661 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16663 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16664 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16665 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16667 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16669 ;;;***
16671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (22388 5705 804592
16672 ;;;;;; 887000))
16673 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16675 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16676 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16677 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16678 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16680 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16683 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16685 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16686 Uninstall jka-compr.
16687 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16688 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16689 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16691 \(fn)" nil nil)
16693 ;;;***
16695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (22388 6387 166293 586000))
16696 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16697 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16699 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16700 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16702 \(fn)" t nil)
16704 (autoload 'js-jsx-mode "js" "\
16705 Major mode for editing JSX.
16707 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
16708 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
16709 locally, like so:
16711 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
16712 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
16713 (add-hook \\='js-jsx-mode-hook #\\='set-jsx-indentation)
16715 \(fn)" t nil)
16716 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16718 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16720 ;;;***
16722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (22388 5705 807592 916000))
16723 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16724 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16726 ;;;***
16728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (22388 6369
16729 ;;;;;; 920123 983000))
16730 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16732 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16733 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16734 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16735 decimal key must be specified.")
16737 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16739 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16740 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16741 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16742 decimal key must be specified.")
16744 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16746 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16747 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16748 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16749 decimal key must be specified.")
16751 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16753 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16754 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16755 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16756 decimal key must be specified.")
16758 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16760 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16761 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16762 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16763 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16764 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16765 keys are bound.
16767 Setup Binding
16768 -------------------------------------------------------------
16769 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16770 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16771 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16772 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16773 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16774 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16775 in the global and local keymaps.
16777 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16778 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16780 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16782 ;;;***
16784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (22388
16785 ;;;;;; 6374 423168 267000))
16786 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16788 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16789 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16790 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16792 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16793 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16794 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16795 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16796 shorter.
16798 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16799 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16800 the context of text formatting.
16802 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16804 ;;;***
16806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (22388 6374 436168
16807 ;;;;;; 395000))
16808 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16810 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16811 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16812 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16813 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16814 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16815 positions that contains the current selection.")
16817 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16818 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16819 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16820 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16821 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16822 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16823 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16825 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16827 ;;;***
16829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (22388 5705 847593 309000))
16830 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16831 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16832 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16833 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16834 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16835 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16836 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16837 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16839 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16840 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16841 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16843 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16845 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16846 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16847 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16848 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16849 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16851 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16853 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16854 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16855 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16857 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16858 defining the macro.
16860 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16861 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16862 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16864 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16865 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16867 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16869 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16870 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16871 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16872 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16873 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16874 under that name.
16876 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16877 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16878 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16880 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16882 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16883 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16884 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16885 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16887 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16888 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16889 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16890 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16892 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16893 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16895 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16897 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16898 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16899 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16901 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16902 macro.
16904 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16905 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16907 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16908 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16909 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16911 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16912 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16914 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16916 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16917 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16918 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16919 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16921 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16923 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16924 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16925 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16926 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16928 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16929 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16931 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16933 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16934 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16935 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16937 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16939 ;;;***
16941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (22388
16942 ;;;;;; 6375 366177 541000))
16943 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16945 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16946 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16947 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16949 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16952 \(fn)" nil nil)
16954 ;;;***
16956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (22388 6375
16957 ;;;;;; 368177 560000))
16958 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16960 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16963 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16965 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16966 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16967 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16968 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16969 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16970 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16972 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16973 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16975 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16977 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16978 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16980 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16982 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16985 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16987 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16990 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16992 ;;;***
16994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (22388
16995 ;;;;;; 6374 439168 424000))
16996 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16998 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16999 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
17000 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
17001 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
17003 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
17005 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
17006 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
17007 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
17009 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
17011 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
17012 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
17013 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
17015 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
17017 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
17018 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
17019 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
17020 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
17022 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
17024 ;;;***
17026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
17027 ;;;;;; (22388 6374 462168 650000))
17028 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
17030 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
17031 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
17032 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
17033 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
17034 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
17035 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
17036 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
17037 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
17039 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
17040 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
17042 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17043 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17045 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
17047 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
17048 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
17049 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
17050 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
17051 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
17052 `latin1-display-setup'.
17054 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
17056 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
17057 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
17058 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
17059 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
17061 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17062 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17064 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
17066 ;;;***
17068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (22388
17069 ;;;;;; 6387 218294 98000))
17070 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
17072 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
17073 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
17075 \(fn)" t nil)
17077 ;;;***
17079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (22388
17080 ;;;;;; 6369 450119 360000))
17081 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
17082 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
17084 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
17085 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
17086 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
17087 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
17089 For instance, the following code
17091 (let-alist alist
17092 (if (and .title .body)
17093 .body
17094 .site
17095 .site.contents))
17097 essentially expands to
17099 (let ((.title (cdr (assq \\='title alist)))
17100 (.body (cdr (assq \\='body alist)))
17101 (.site (cdr (assq \\='site alist)))
17102 (.site.contents (cdr (assq \\='contents (cdr (assq \\='site alist))))))
17103 (if (and .title .body)
17104 .body
17105 .site
17106 .site.contents))
17108 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
17109 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
17110 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
17111 displayed in the example above.
17113 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
17115 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
17117 ;;;***
17119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (22388 6383 419256 737000))
17120 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17122 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17123 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17124 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17125 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17126 generations (this defaults to 1).
17128 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17130 ;;;***
17132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (22388 5706 317597 931000))
17133 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
17134 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
17136 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
17137 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
17138 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
17139 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
17140 if ARG is omitted or nil.
17142 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
17144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17146 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
17147 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
17148 See the `global-linum-mode' command
17149 for a description of this minor mode.
17150 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17151 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17152 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
17154 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
17156 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
17157 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
17158 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
17159 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
17160 ARG is omitted or nil.
17162 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
17163 `linum-on' would do it.
17164 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17168 ;;;***
17170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (22388 5706 319597
17171 ;;;;;; 951000))
17172 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17174 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17175 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17176 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17177 is nil, raise an error.
17179 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17180 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17181 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17182 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17183 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17184 defined by the library.
17186 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17187 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17188 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17189 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17190 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17191 proceeds.
17193 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17194 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17195 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17196 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17198 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17200 ;;;***
17202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (22388 5706 360598 354000))
17203 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17205 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17206 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17207 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17209 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17211 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17212 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17213 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17214 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17216 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17217 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17218 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17219 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17220 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17221 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17222 the version.)
17224 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17225 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17227 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17228 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17230 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17231 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17233 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17235 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17236 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17237 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17238 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17239 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17240 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17241 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17242 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17243 to constrain a big search.
17245 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17247 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17248 except that FILTER is not optional.
17250 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17252 ;;;***
17254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (22388 6391 125332
17255 ;;;;;; 520000))
17256 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17258 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17259 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17260 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17261 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17262 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17263 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17264 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17265 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17266 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17267 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17269 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17270 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17271 associated values:
17272 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17273 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17274 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17275 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17276 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17278 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17279 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17280 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17282 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17284 ;;;***
17286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (22388 6391 153332
17287 ;;;;;; 797000))
17288 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17290 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17291 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17293 \(fn)" t nil)
17295 ;;;***
17297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (22388 5706 361598 364000))
17298 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17300 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17301 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17303 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17304 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17306 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17307 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17308 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17310 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17311 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17313 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17314 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17315 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17316 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17317 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17318 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17319 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17321 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17323 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17324 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17325 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17326 switch on this list.
17327 See `lpr-command'.")
17329 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17331 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17332 Name of program for printing a file.
17334 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17335 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17336 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17337 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17338 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17339 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17340 argument.")
17342 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17344 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17345 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17346 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17347 for customization of the printer command.
17349 \(fn)" t nil)
17351 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17352 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17354 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17355 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17356 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17357 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17359 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17360 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17362 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17363 for further customization of the printer command.
17365 \(fn)" t nil)
17367 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17368 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17369 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17370 for customization of the printer command.
17372 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17374 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17375 Paginate and print the region contents.
17377 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17378 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17379 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17380 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17382 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17383 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17385 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17386 for further customization of the printer command.
17388 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17390 ;;;***
17392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (22388 5706 404598 787000))
17393 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17395 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17396 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17397 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17399 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17401 ;;;***
17403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (22388 6368 185106
17404 ;;;;;; 920000))
17405 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17407 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17408 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17409 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17410 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17414 ;;;***
17416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (22388 6387
17417 ;;;;;; 219294 107000))
17418 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17420 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17421 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17423 \(fn)" t nil)
17425 ;;;***
17427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (22388 5706 405598 797000))
17428 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17430 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17431 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17432 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17433 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17434 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17436 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17438 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17439 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17440 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17441 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17442 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17444 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17445 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17446 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17447 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17448 bindings.
17450 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17451 use this command, and then save the file.
17453 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17455 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17456 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17457 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17458 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17459 each time the macro executes.
17460 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17461 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17462 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17463 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17464 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17465 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17466 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17468 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17470 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17471 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17472 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17473 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17475 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17476 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17477 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17478 execute.
17480 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17481 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17483 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17484 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17485 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17486 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17487 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17489 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17490 looked like this:
17492 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17493 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17494 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17496 You could enter the names in this format:
17502 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17504 \\C-x (
17505 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17506 \\C-x )
17508 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17509 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17511 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17512 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17514 ;;;***
17516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (22388 6375
17517 ;;;;;; 635180 186000))
17518 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17520 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17521 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17522 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17523 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17524 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17525 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17527 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17528 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17529 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17530 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17531 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17533 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17534 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17535 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17536 consing a string.)
17538 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17540 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17541 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17543 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17545 ;;;***
17547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (22388 6375
17548 ;;;;;; 637180 206000))
17549 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17551 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17552 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17554 \(fn)" nil nil)
17556 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17559 \(fn)" nil nil)
17561 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17562 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17564 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17566 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17567 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17568 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17569 message.
17571 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17573 \(fn)" nil nil)
17575 ;;;***
17577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (22388 6375
17578 ;;;;;; 637180 206000))
17579 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17581 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17582 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17583 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17584 often correct parser.")
17586 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17588 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17589 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17590 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17591 a value which excludes your own email address.
17593 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17594 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17596 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17598 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17599 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17601 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17603 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17604 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17605 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17606 we return it unconverted.
17608 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17609 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17611 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17613 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17614 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17615 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17616 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17618 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17620 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17621 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17622 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17623 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17625 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17627 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17628 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17629 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17630 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17631 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17632 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17633 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17634 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17635 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17636 as Rmail does.
17638 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17640 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17641 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17642 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17643 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17644 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17645 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17646 matches may be returned from the message body.
17648 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17650 ;;;***
17652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (22388 6375
17653 ;;;;;; 638180 216000))
17654 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17656 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17657 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17658 See the `mail-abbrevs-mode' command
17659 for a description of this minor mode.
17660 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17661 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17662 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17664 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17666 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17667 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17668 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17669 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17670 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17672 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17673 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17674 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17675 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17679 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17680 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17682 \(fn)" nil nil)
17684 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17685 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17686 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17688 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17690 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17691 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17692 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17694 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17695 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17696 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17697 double-quotes.
17699 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17701 ;;;***
17703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (22388 6375
17704 ;;;;;; 639180 226000))
17705 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17707 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17708 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17709 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17710 king@grassland.com
17711 If `parens', they look like:
17712 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17713 If `angles', they look like:
17714 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17716 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17718 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17719 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17720 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17721 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17722 their `Resent-' variants.
17724 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17725 removed from alias expansions.
17727 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17729 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17730 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17731 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17733 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17734 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17735 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17736 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17738 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17740 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17741 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17742 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17744 \(fn)" nil nil)
17746 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17747 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17748 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17749 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17751 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17753 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17755 ;;;***
17757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (22388 6375
17758 ;;;;;; 639180 226000))
17759 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17761 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17762 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17763 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17764 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17766 \(fn)" nil nil)
17768 ;;;***
17770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (22388
17771 ;;;;;; 6387 242294 334000))
17772 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17774 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17775 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17777 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17778 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17779 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17780 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17781 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17782 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17784 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17785 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17786 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17787 dependency, despite the colon.
17789 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17791 In the browser, use the following keys:
17793 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17795 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17797 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17798 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17800 `makefile-target-colon':
17801 The string that gets appended to all target names
17802 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17803 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17805 `makefile-macro-assign':
17806 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17807 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17808 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17809 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17810 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17811 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17813 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17814 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17815 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17817 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17818 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17820 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17821 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17822 up or down in the browser.
17824 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17825 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17827 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17828 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17830 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17831 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17832 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17833 has been selected in the browser.
17835 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17836 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17837 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17838 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17839 filenames are omitted.
17841 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17842 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17843 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17844 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17845 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17846 the backslash itself intact.
17847 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17848 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17850 `makefile-browser-hook':
17851 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17852 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17854 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17855 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17856 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17857 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17859 \(fn)" t nil)
17861 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17862 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17864 \(fn)" t nil)
17866 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17867 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17869 \(fn)" t nil)
17871 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17872 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17874 \(fn)" t nil)
17876 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17877 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17879 \(fn)" t nil)
17881 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17882 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17884 \(fn)" t nil)
17886 ;;;***
17888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (22388 5706 447599 210000))
17889 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17891 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17892 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17893 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17895 \(fn)" t nil)
17897 ;;;***
17899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (22388 5706 492599 652000))
17900 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17902 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17904 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17905 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17906 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17907 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17908 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17909 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17910 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17911 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17912 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17913 without running the man command.
17915 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17916 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17917 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17919 cat(1)
17920 1 cat
17922 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17923 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17924 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17925 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17927 -a chmod
17929 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17930 otherwise look like a page name.
17932 /my/file/name.1.gz
17933 -l somefile.1
17935 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17936 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17937 \"grep -E\" style regexp.
17939 -k pattern
17941 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17943 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17944 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17946 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17948 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17949 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17951 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17953 ;;;***
17955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (22388 6369 508119
17956 ;;;;;; 931000))
17957 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17958 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17960 ;;;***
17962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (22388 5706 537600 95000))
17963 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17964 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17966 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17967 Toggle Master mode.
17968 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17969 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17970 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17972 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17973 using the following commands:
17975 \\{master-mode-map}
17977 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17978 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17979 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17983 ;;;***
17985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (22388 5706 539600
17986 ;;;;;; 114000))
17987 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17989 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17990 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17991 See the `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' command
17992 for a description of this minor mode.
17993 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17994 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17995 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17997 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17999 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
18000 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
18001 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
18002 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18003 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18005 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
18006 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
18007 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
18008 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
18010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18012 ;;;***
18014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (22388 5706 539600 114000))
18015 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
18016 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18018 ;;;***
18020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (22388 6373 395158
18021 ;;;;;; 158000))
18022 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
18024 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
18026 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
18027 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
18028 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
18029 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
18030 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
18031 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
18032 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
18033 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
18034 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
18035 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
18036 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
18037 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
18038 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
18039 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
18040 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
18041 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
18042 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
18043 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
18044 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
18045 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
18046 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
18047 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
18048 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
18049 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
18050 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
18051 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
18052 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
18053 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
18054 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
18055 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
18056 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
18057 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
18058 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
18059 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
18060 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
18061 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
18062 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
18063 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
18065 \(fn)" t nil)
18067 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
18068 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
18069 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
18070 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
18071 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
18073 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
18075 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
18076 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18078 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18080 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
18081 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
18083 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
18085 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
18086 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
18088 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18090 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
18091 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18092 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18094 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18096 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
18097 Cancel an article you posted.
18098 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18102 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
18103 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18104 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18105 header line with the old Message-ID.
18107 \(fn)" t nil)
18109 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
18110 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18112 \(fn)" t nil)
18114 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
18115 Forward the current message via mail.
18116 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18117 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18119 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18121 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
18124 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18126 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18129 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18131 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18132 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18134 \(fn)" t nil)
18136 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18137 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18139 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18141 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18142 Re-mail the current message.
18143 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18144 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18145 you.
18147 \(fn)" t nil)
18149 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18150 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18152 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18154 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18155 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18157 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18159 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18160 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18162 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18164 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18165 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18167 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18169 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18170 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18171 Works by overstriking characters.
18172 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18173 which specify the range to operate on.
18175 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18177 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18178 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18179 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18180 which specify the range to operate on.
18182 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18184 ;;;***
18186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (22388
18187 ;;;;;; 6387 280294 707000))
18188 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18189 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18191 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18192 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18194 \(fn)" t nil)
18196 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18197 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18199 \(fn)" t nil)
18201 ;;;***
18203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (22388 6375 640180
18204 ;;;;;; 235000))
18205 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18207 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18208 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18209 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18211 \(fn)" t nil)
18213 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18214 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18215 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18216 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18217 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18218 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18219 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18221 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18223 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18224 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18225 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18226 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18227 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18228 means current).
18229 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18230 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18232 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18234 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18235 Process current region through `metamail'.
18236 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18237 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18238 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18239 means current).
18240 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18241 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18243 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18245 ;;;***
18247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (22388 6376 408187
18248 ;;;;;; 788000))
18249 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18251 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18252 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18253 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18255 \(fn)" t nil)
18257 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18258 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18259 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18261 \(fn)" t nil)
18263 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18264 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18266 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18267 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18268 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18270 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18271 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18273 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18274 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18276 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18278 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18280 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18281 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18282 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18283 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18284 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18285 as `compose-mail'.
18287 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18288 initial Subject field, respectively.
18290 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18291 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18292 are strings.
18294 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18295 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18297 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18299 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18300 Save draft and send message.
18302 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18303 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18304 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18305 Mail Delivery*\".
18307 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18308 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18309 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18311 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18312 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18313 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18314 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18315 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18316 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18318 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18319 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18321 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18322 message and scan line.
18324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18326 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18327 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18329 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18330 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18331 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18332 delete the draft message.
18334 \(fn)" t nil)
18336 ;;;***
18338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (22388 6376 513188 821000))
18339 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18340 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18342 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18344 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18346 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18348 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18349 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18351 \(fn)" t nil)
18353 ;;;***
18355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (22388 6376
18356 ;;;;;; 631189 982000))
18357 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18359 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18360 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18361 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18363 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18364 the MH mail system.
18366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18368 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18369 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18370 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18372 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18373 the MH mail system.
18375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18377 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18378 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18380 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18381 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18382 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18383 separate command.
18385 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18386 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18387 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18388 format.
18390 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18392 Ranges
18393 ======
18394 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18395 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18396 can be used in several ways.
18398 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18399 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18400 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18401 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18402 page):
18404 <num1>-<num2>
18405 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18406 The range must be nonempty.
18408 <num>:N
18409 <num>:+N
18410 <num>:-N
18411 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18412 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18413 last.
18415 first:N
18416 prev:N
18417 next:N
18418 last:N
18419 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18422 All of the messages.
18424 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18425 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18427 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18428 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18429 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18431 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18433 \(fn)" t nil)
18435 ;;;***
18437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (22388 5706 628600
18438 ;;;;;; 990000))
18439 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18441 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18442 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18443 See the `midnight-mode' command
18444 for a description of this minor mode.
18445 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18446 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18447 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18449 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18451 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18452 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18456 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18457 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18458 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18459 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18460 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18461 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18462 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18463 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18464 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18465 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18466 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18468 \(fn)" t nil)
18470 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18471 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18472 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18473 to its second argument TM.
18475 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18477 ;;;***
18479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (22388 5706
18480 ;;;;;; 628600 990000))
18481 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18483 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18484 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18485 See the `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' command
18486 for a description of this minor mode.
18487 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18488 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18489 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18491 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18493 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18494 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18495 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18496 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18497 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18499 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18500 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18501 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18502 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18503 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18504 is modified to remove the default indication.
18506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18508 ;;;***
18510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (22388 5706 864603 311000))
18511 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18513 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18514 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18515 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18516 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18517 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18518 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18519 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18520 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18521 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18523 \(fn)" t nil)
18525 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18526 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18527 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18528 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18529 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18530 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18531 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18532 The return value is always nil.
18534 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18536 ;;;***
18538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (22388 5706 866603
18539 ;;;;;; 331000))
18540 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18541 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18543 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18544 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18546 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18547 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18548 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18549 next occurrence.
18551 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18552 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18553 end of the search space).
18555 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18556 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18557 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18558 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18559 should return the previous buffer to search.
18561 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18562 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18563 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18565 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18566 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18567 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18568 Isearch starts.")
18570 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18571 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18572 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18574 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18575 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18576 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18578 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18579 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18581 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18582 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18583 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18585 \(fn)" nil nil)
18587 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18588 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18589 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18590 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18591 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18592 whose names match the specified regexp.
18594 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18596 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18597 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18598 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18599 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18600 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18601 whose names match the specified regexp.
18603 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18605 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18606 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18607 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18608 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18609 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18610 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18611 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18613 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18615 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18616 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18617 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18618 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18619 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18620 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18621 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18623 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18625 ;;;***
18627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (22388
18628 ;;;;;; 6387 283294 737000))
18629 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18630 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18632 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18633 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18635 \(fn)" t nil)
18637 ;;;***
18639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (22388 6373
18640 ;;;;;; 521159 397000))
18641 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18643 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18644 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18646 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18648 ;;;***
18650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (22388 6373
18651 ;;;;;; 524159 426000))
18652 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18654 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18655 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18657 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18659 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18660 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18661 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18662 the entire message.
18663 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18665 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18667 ;;;***
18669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (22388 6373
18670 ;;;;;; 524159 426000))
18671 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18673 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18674 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18675 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18676 the entire message.
18677 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18679 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18681 ;;;***
18683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (22388 6373 526159
18684 ;;;;;; 446000))
18685 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18687 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18688 Insert file contents of URL.
18689 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18691 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18693 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18694 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18696 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18698 ;;;***
18700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (22388 6373 564159
18701 ;;;;;; 819000))
18702 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18704 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18705 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18706 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18707 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18708 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18710 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18712 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18713 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18714 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18716 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18718 ;;;***
18720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (22388 6373 623160 399000))
18721 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18723 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18724 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18726 \(fn)" nil nil)
18728 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18729 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18730 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18731 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18732 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18734 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18735 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18736 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18737 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18738 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18739 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18741 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18743 ;;;***
18745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (22388 6373 653160
18746 ;;;;;; 694000))
18747 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18749 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18752 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18754 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18757 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18759 ;;;***
18761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (22388 6373 662160
18762 ;;;;;; 783000))
18763 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18765 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18768 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18770 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18773 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18775 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18778 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18780 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18783 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18785 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18788 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18790 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18793 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18795 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18798 \(fn)" nil nil)
18800 ;;;***
18802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (22388 6368
18803 ;;;;;; 463109 654000))
18804 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18806 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18808 ;;;***
18810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (22388 6387
18811 ;;;;;; 287294 776000))
18812 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18814 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18816 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18817 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18818 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18819 followed by the first character of the construct.
18820 \\<m2-mode-map>
18821 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18822 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18823 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18824 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18825 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18826 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18827 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18828 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18829 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18830 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18831 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18832 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18833 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18834 \\[m2-link] link
18836 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18837 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18838 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18840 \(fn)" t nil)
18842 ;;;***
18844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (22388 6383 419256
18845 ;;;;;; 737000))
18846 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18848 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18849 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18851 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18853 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18854 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18856 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18858 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18859 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18861 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18863 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18864 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18866 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18868 ;;;***
18870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (22388 5706 883603
18871 ;;;;;; 498000))
18872 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18874 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18875 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18877 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18878 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18879 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18881 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18882 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18883 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18885 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18886 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18888 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18889 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18890 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18891 hemisphere you're in.)
18893 To test this function, evaluate:
18894 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-throw)
18896 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18898 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18899 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18901 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18902 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18904 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18905 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18906 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18908 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18909 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18911 To test this function, evaluate:
18912 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-drag)
18914 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18916 ;;;***
18918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (22388 5707 75605 386000))
18919 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18921 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18922 Main entry point for MPC.
18924 \(fn)" t nil)
18926 ;;;***
18928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (22388 6383 433256 875000))
18929 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18931 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18932 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18934 \(fn)" t nil)
18936 ;;;***
18938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (22388 5707 159606 212000))
18939 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18941 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18942 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18943 See the `msb-mode' command
18944 for a description of this minor mode.
18945 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18946 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18947 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18949 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18951 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18952 Toggle Msb mode.
18953 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18954 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18955 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18957 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18958 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18962 ;;;***
18964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (22388
18965 ;;;;;; 6374 566169 673000))
18966 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18968 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18969 Display a list of all character sets.
18971 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18972 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18973 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18974 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18975 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18977 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18978 but still shows the full information.
18980 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18982 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18983 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18984 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18986 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18987 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18988 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18989 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18990 meanings of these arguments.
18992 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18994 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18995 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18997 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18999 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
19000 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
19002 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
19004 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
19005 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
19007 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
19009 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
19010 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
19012 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
19013 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
19014 in place of `..':
19015 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
19016 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
19017 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
19018 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
19019 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
19020 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
19021 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
19022 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
19023 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
19024 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
19025 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
19026 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
19027 `default-process-coding-system' for read
19028 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
19029 `default-process-coding-system' for write
19030 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
19032 \(fn)" t nil)
19034 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
19035 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
19037 \(fn)" t nil)
19039 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
19040 Display a list of all coding systems.
19041 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
19043 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
19044 but still contains full information about each coding system.
19046 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19048 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
19049 Display a list of all coding categories.
19051 \(fn)" nil nil)
19053 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
19054 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
19055 The font must be already used by Emacs.
19057 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
19059 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
19060 Display information about FONTSET.
19061 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
19063 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
19065 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
19066 Display a list of all fontsets.
19067 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
19068 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
19069 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
19071 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19073 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
19074 Display information about all input methods.
19076 \(fn)" t nil)
19078 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
19079 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
19081 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
19082 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
19083 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
19084 system which uses fontsets).
19086 \(fn)" t nil)
19088 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
19089 Show log of font listing and opening.
19090 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
19091 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
19093 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
19095 ;;;***
19097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (22388
19098 ;;;;;; 6374 605170 57000))
19099 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
19101 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
19102 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
19104 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
19105 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
19107 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
19108 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
19110 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
19112 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
19113 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
19114 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
19115 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
19116 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
19117 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
19118 buffer; see also `char-width'.
19120 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
19121 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
19122 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
19123 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
19124 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
19125 middle of a character in STR.
19127 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
19128 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
19130 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
19131 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
19132 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
19133 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
19134 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
19136 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
19138 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
19139 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
19141 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
19142 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
19143 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
19145 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
19146 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
19147 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
19149 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19150 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
19151 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
19152 are considered.
19153 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
19154 longer than KEYSEQ.
19155 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
19157 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
19159 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19160 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
19161 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
19162 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
19163 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
19164 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
19165 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
19166 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19167 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19168 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19169 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19171 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19173 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19174 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19176 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19178 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19179 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19181 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19183 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19184 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19186 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19188 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19189 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19191 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19193 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19194 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19195 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19196 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19197 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19199 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19200 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19202 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19203 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19204 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19205 coding systems ordered by priority.
19207 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19209 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19211 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19212 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19213 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19214 language environment LANG-ENV.
19216 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19218 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19219 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19220 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19221 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19222 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19223 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19225 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19227 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
19228 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
19229 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
19230 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19231 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19232 QUALITY can be:
19233 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19234 excessive work.
19235 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19236 part of the file/buffer.
19237 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19239 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19241 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
19242 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
19243 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
19244 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19245 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19246 QUALITY can be:
19247 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19248 excessive work.
19249 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19250 part of the file/buffer.
19251 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19253 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19255 ;;;***
19257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (22388 6377
19258 ;;;;;; 599199 501000))
19259 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19261 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19262 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19264 \(fn)" t nil)
19266 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19267 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19269 \(fn)" t nil)
19271 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19272 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19274 \(fn)" t nil)
19276 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19277 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19279 \(fn)" t nil)
19281 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19282 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19284 \(fn)" t nil)
19286 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19287 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19289 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19291 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19292 Ping HOST.
19293 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19294 `ping-program-options'.
19296 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19298 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19299 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19301 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19303 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19304 Run nslookup program.
19306 \(fn)" t nil)
19308 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19309 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19311 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19313 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19314 Run dig program.
19316 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19318 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19319 Run ftp program.
19321 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19323 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19324 Finger USER on HOST.
19326 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19328 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19329 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19330 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19331 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19333 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19335 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19338 \(fn)" t nil)
19340 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19341 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19343 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19345 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19346 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19348 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19350 ;;;***
19352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (22388 6377 609199 599000))
19353 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19355 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19356 Return a user name/password pair.
19357 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19358 listed in the PORTS list.
19360 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19362 ;;;***
19364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (22388
19365 ;;;;;; 6377 611199 619000))
19366 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19368 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19369 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19370 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19371 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19372 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19373 closes it.
19375 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19376 make it unique.
19377 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19378 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19379 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19380 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19381 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19382 a port number to connect to.
19384 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19385 values:
19387 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19388 nil or `network'
19389 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19390 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19391 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19392 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19393 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19394 an unencrypted connection.
19395 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19396 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19397 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19398 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19399 returned object is a killed process.
19400 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19401 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19402 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19404 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19405 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19406 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19407 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19408 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19409 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19410 or nil if none could be found.
19411 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19412 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19414 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19416 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19417 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19418 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19420 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19421 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19422 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19424 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19425 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19426 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19428 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19429 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19430 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19431 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19433 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19434 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19436 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19437 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19438 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19439 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19440 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19441 or STARTTLS connections.
19443 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19444 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19446 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19447 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19449 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19450 a greeting from the server.
19452 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19453 asynchronously, if possible.
19455 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19457 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19459 ;;;***
19461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (22388
19462 ;;;;;; 6377 707200 563000))
19463 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19465 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19466 Check whether newsticker is running.
19467 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19468 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19470 \(fn)" nil nil)
19472 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19473 Start the newsticker.
19474 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19475 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19476 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19477 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19479 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19481 ;;;***
19483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19484 ;;;;;; (22388 6377 714200 632000))
19485 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19487 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19488 Start newsticker plainview.
19490 \(fn)" t nil)
19492 ;;;***
19494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (22388
19495 ;;;;;; 6377 747200 956000))
19496 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19498 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19499 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19501 \(fn)" t nil)
19503 ;;;***
19505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (22388
19506 ;;;;;; 6377 755201 35000))
19507 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19509 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19510 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19511 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19512 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19513 empty.
19515 \(fn)" nil nil)
19517 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19518 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19519 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19520 running already.
19522 \(fn)" t nil)
19524 ;;;***
19526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (22388
19527 ;;;;;; 6377 785201 330000))
19528 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19530 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19531 Start newsticker treeview.
19533 \(fn)" t nil)
19535 ;;;***
19537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (22388 6373 720161
19538 ;;;;;; 353000))
19539 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19541 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19542 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19544 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19546 ;;;***
19548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (22388 6373 725161
19549 ;;;;;; 403000))
19550 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19552 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19553 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19554 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19555 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19556 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19557 symbol in the alist.
19559 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19561 ;;;***
19563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (22388 6373 768161
19564 ;;;;;; 825000))
19565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19567 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19568 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19569 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19571 \(fn)" t nil)
19573 ;;;***
19575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (22388 6374 14164 244000))
19576 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19578 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19579 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19581 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19583 ;;;***
19585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (22388 5707 314607 736000))
19586 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19588 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19590 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19591 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19592 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19594 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19597 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19599 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19600 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19601 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19602 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19603 to future sessions.
19605 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19607 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19608 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19609 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19610 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19611 future sessions.
19613 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19615 ;;;***
19617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (22388
19618 ;;;;;; 6389 478316 324000))
19619 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19621 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19622 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19623 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19624 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19625 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19626 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19628 \(fn)" t nil)
19630 ;;;***
19632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (22388 6377 844201 910000))
19633 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19634 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19636 ;;;***
19638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (22388 6379
19639 ;;;;;; 155214 803000))
19640 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19642 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19643 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19644 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19645 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19647 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19649 ;;;***
19651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (22388 6379
19652 ;;;;;; 228215 522000))
19653 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19655 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19656 Major mode for editing XML.
19658 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19659 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19660 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19661 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19662 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19663 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19664 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19666 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19668 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19669 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19671 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19672 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19673 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19674 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19675 instead of C-c.
19677 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19678 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19679 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19680 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19681 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19682 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19684 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19685 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19686 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19688 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19689 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19690 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19692 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19693 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19694 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19695 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19696 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19697 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19698 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19699 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19700 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19702 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19704 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19705 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19707 \(fn)" t nil)
19708 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19710 ;;;***
19712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (22388 6379
19713 ;;;;;; 309216 317000))
19714 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19716 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19717 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19718 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19719 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19721 \(fn)" t nil)
19723 ;;;***
19725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (22388 6387
19726 ;;;;;; 328295 179000))
19727 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19729 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19730 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19732 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19733 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19734 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19735 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19737 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19739 Key bindings:
19740 \\{octave-mode-map}
19742 \(fn)" t nil)
19744 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19745 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19746 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19748 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19750 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19751 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19753 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19754 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19755 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19759 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19761 ;;;***
19763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (22388 6387
19764 ;;;;;; 367295 563000))
19765 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19767 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19769 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19770 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19771 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19772 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19773 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19775 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19777 Customization:
19779 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19780 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19781 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19782 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19783 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19784 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19785 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19786 Directories to search when finding external units.
19787 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19788 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19790 Coloring:
19792 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19793 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19795 \(fn)" t nil)
19797 ;;;***
19799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (22388 6381 830241 110000))
19800 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19802 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19803 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19805 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19807 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19808 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19809 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19810 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19811 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19812 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19814 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19816 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19817 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19818 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19819 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19820 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19822 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19824 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19825 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19827 \(fn)" nil nil)
19829 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19830 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19832 \(fn)" nil nil)
19834 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19835 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19836 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19838 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19839 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19840 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19841 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19842 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19843 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19844 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19845 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19846 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19847 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19849 The following commands are available:
19851 \\{org-mode-map}
19853 \(fn)" t nil)
19855 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19856 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19858 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19859 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19860 in special contexts.
19862 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19863 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19864 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19865 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19866 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19867 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19868 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19869 properties in the buffer.
19870 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19871 including any drawers.
19873 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19875 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19876 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19877 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19878 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19879 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19880 and zoom in further.
19881 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19882 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19884 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19885 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19886 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19887 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19888 times right after creating a new headline.
19890 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19891 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19892 is negative, go up that many levels.
19894 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19895 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19896 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19898 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19899 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19900 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19901 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19905 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19906 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19907 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19908 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19911 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19913 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19914 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19915 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19916 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19917 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19918 defined by Org-mode).
19920 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19922 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19923 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19925 \(fn)" nil nil)
19927 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19928 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19930 \(fn)" nil nil)
19932 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19933 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19934 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19935 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19936 call CMD.
19938 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19940 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19941 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19942 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19943 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19945 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19946 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19947 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19949 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19950 part of Org's core.
19952 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19953 active region.
19955 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19957 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19958 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19959 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19961 \(fn)" t nil)
19963 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19964 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19965 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19966 Org-mode syntax.
19968 \(fn)" t nil)
19970 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19971 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19973 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19975 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19976 Switch between Org buffers.
19977 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19978 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19980 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19981 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19985 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19987 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19989 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19990 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19991 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19992 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19994 \(fn)" t nil)
19996 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19997 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19999 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
20001 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
20002 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
20003 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
20005 \(fn)" t nil)
20007 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
20008 Reload all org lisp files.
20009 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
20011 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
20013 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
20014 Call the customize function with org as argument.
20016 \(fn)" t nil)
20018 ;;;***
20020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (22388 6380
20021 ;;;;;; 492227 952000))
20022 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
20024 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20025 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
20027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20029 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20030 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
20031 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
20032 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
20034 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
20035 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
20036 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
20037 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
20038 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
20039 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
20040 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20041 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20042 e Export views to associated files.
20043 s Search entries for keywords.
20044 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
20045 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
20046 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20047 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
20048 Press several times to get the desired effect.
20049 > Remove a previous restriction.
20050 # List \"stuck\" projects.
20051 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
20052 C Configure custom agenda commands.
20054 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20055 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20056 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20058 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20059 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20060 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20061 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20062 \(if active).
20064 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20066 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20067 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20068 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20069 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20070 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20071 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20072 before running the agenda command.
20074 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20076 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20077 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20078 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20079 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20080 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20081 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20082 before running the agenda command.
20084 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20085 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20087 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20089 category The category of the item
20090 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20091 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20092 todo selected in TODO match
20093 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20094 diary imported from diary
20095 deadline a deadline on given date
20096 scheduled scheduled on given date
20097 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20098 closed entry was closed on given date
20099 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20100 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20101 block entry has date block including g. date
20102 todo The todo keyword, if any
20103 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20104 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20105 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20106 extra Sting with extra planning info
20107 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20108 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20109 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20111 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20113 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20114 Store agenda views.
20116 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20118 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20119 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20121 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20123 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20124 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20125 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20126 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20128 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20129 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20130 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20132 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20133 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20135 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
20136 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
20138 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
20140 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20141 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20143 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20144 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20145 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20146 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20147 EDIT-AT.
20149 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20150 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20151 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20152 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20153 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20154 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20156 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20157 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20158 including newlines.
20160 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20161 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20162 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20163 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20164 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20165 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20166 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20168 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20169 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20170 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20171 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20173 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20174 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20175 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20176 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20177 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20178 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20179 Boolean search must match as full words.
20181 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20182 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20184 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20186 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20187 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20188 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20189 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20190 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20191 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20195 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20196 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20197 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20199 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20201 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20202 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20203 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20204 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20205 `org-stuck-projects'.
20207 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20209 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20210 Return diary information from org files.
20211 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20212 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20213 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20214 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20215 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20217 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20219 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20221 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20222 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20224 &%%(org-diary)
20226 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20227 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20228 So the example above may also be written as
20230 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20232 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20233 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20234 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20236 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20238 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20239 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20241 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20243 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20244 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20245 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
20246 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
20247 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20249 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20251 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20252 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20253 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20255 \(fn)" t nil)
20257 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20258 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20259 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20260 appointments.
20262 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20263 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20265 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20266 for filtering entries out.
20268 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20269 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20270 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20272 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20273 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
20275 ((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20276 (category \"Work\"))
20278 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20279 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20281 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20282 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20283 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20284 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20285 details and examples.
20287 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20288 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20290 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20292 ;;;***
20294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (22388 6380
20295 ;;;;;; 765230 636000))
20296 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20298 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20299 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20301 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20303 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20304 Capture something.
20305 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20306 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20307 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20308 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20309 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20310 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20312 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20313 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20314 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20315 stored.
20317 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20319 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20320 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20321 will be bypassed.
20323 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20324 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20325 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20326 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20328 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20330 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20331 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20333 \(fn)" t nil)
20335 ;;;***
20337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (22388 6380
20338 ;;;;;; 918232 141000))
20339 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20341 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20342 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20344 \(fn)" t nil)
20346 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20349 \(fn)" nil nil)
20351 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20352 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20353 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20355 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20357 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20358 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20360 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20362 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20363 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20365 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20367 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20368 Write the column view table.
20369 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20371 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20372 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20373 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20374 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20375 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20376 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20377 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20378 using `org-id-find'.
20379 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20380 a hline before each level <= that number.
20381 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20382 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20383 :skip-empty-rows
20384 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20385 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20387 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20389 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20390 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20392 \(fn)" t nil)
20394 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20395 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20397 \(fn)" t nil)
20399 ;;;***
20401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (22388 6380
20402 ;;;;;; 946232 416000))
20403 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20405 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20406 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20408 \(fn)" nil t)
20410 ;;;***
20412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (22388 6381 325236
20413 ;;;;;; 144000))
20414 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20416 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20417 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20419 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20421 ;;;***
20423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (22388 6381
20424 ;;;;;; 568238 534000))
20425 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20427 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20428 The release version of org-mode.
20429 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20431 \(fn)" nil nil)
20433 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20434 The Git version of org-mode.
20435 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20437 \(fn)" nil nil)
20439 ;;;***
20441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (22388 5707 326607 854000))
20442 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20443 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20444 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20446 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20447 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20448 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20449 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20451 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20452 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20453 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20454 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20456 \\{outline-mode-map}
20457 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20458 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20459 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20460 are used when point is on a heading line.
20462 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20463 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20464 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20466 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20467 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20469 \(fn)" t nil)
20471 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20472 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20473 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20474 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20475 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20477 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20480 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20482 ;;;***
20484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (22420 38537
20485 ;;;;;; 270424 442000))
20486 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20487 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20489 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20490 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20491 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20492 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20493 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20495 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20496 activate the package system at any time.")
20498 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20500 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20501 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20502 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20503 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20504 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20505 it to the file.
20506 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
20507 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
20508 loading packages twice.
20509 It is not necessary to adjust `load-path' or `require' the
20510 individual packages after calling `package-initialize' -- this is
20511 taken care of by `package-initialize'.
20513 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20515 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20516 Import keys from FILE.
20518 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20520 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20521 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20522 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20523 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20524 and make them available for download.
20525 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20526 downloads in the background.
20528 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20530 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20531 Install the package PKG.
20532 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
20533 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20535 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20536 `package-selected-packages'.
20538 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20539 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20541 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20543 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20544 Install a package from the current buffer.
20545 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20546 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20547 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20549 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20550 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20551 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20553 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20555 \(fn)" t nil)
20557 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20558 Install a package from a file.
20559 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20560 directory.
20562 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20564 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20565 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20566 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20568 \(fn)" t nil)
20570 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20571 Reinstall package PKG.
20572 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20573 object.
20575 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20577 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20578 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20580 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20581 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20582 will be deleted.
20584 \(fn)" t nil)
20586 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20587 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20589 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20591 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20592 Display a list of packages.
20593 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20594 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20595 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20597 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20599 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20601 ;;;***
20603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (22388 5707 384608 424000))
20604 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20606 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20607 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20608 See the `show-paren-mode' command
20609 for a description of this minor mode.
20610 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20611 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20612 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20614 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20616 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20617 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20618 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20619 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20620 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20622 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20623 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20624 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20628 ;;;***
20630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (22388
20631 ;;;;;; 6368 186106 930000))
20632 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20633 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20635 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20636 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20637 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20638 unknown are returned as nil.
20640 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20642 ;;;***
20644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (22388 6387
20645 ;;;;;; 391295 799000))
20646 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20648 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20649 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20650 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20652 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20653 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20655 Other useful functions are:
20657 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20658 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20659 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20660 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20661 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20662 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20663 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20664 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20665 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20667 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20669 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20670 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20671 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20672 Indentation for case statements.
20673 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20674 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20675 mark after an end.
20676 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20677 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20678 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20679 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20680 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20681 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20682 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20683 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20684 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20685 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20687 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20688 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20690 \(fn)" t nil)
20692 ;;;***
20694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (22388
20695 ;;;;;; 5707 386608 444000))
20696 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20698 (defvar password-cache t "\
20699 Whether to cache passwords.")
20701 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20703 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20704 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20705 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20707 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20709 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20710 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20712 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20714 ;;;***
20716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (22388 6369 618121
20717 ;;;;;; 13000))
20718 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20720 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20721 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
20722 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20724 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
20725 of values. For example, the pattern \\=`(,foo ,bar) matches any
20726 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
20727 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
20729 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
20730 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
20731 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
20733 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
20734 meaning they must match exactly: The pattern \\='(foo bar)
20735 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
20736 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
20737 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
20738 quoted.)
20740 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
20741 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
20742 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
20743 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
20745 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
20747 _ matches anything.
20748 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20749 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
20750 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
20751 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20752 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20753 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL.
20754 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
20755 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20756 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20757 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20758 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20759 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20761 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
20763 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
20764 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20765 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20766 which is the value being matched.
20767 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
20768 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20770 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
20771 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
20773 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20775 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20777 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20778 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20780 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20782 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20784 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20785 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20786 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20787 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20788 variable name being but a special case of it).
20790 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20792 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20794 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20796 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20797 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20798 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20799 of the form (PAT EXP).
20801 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20803 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20805 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20806 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20807 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20808 of the form (PAT EXP).
20809 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20810 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20811 any kind of error.
20813 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20815 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20817 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20820 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20822 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20824 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20825 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20826 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20827 to this macro.
20829 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20831 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20833 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20835 ;;;***
20837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (22388 5707 387608
20838 ;;;;;; 454000))
20839 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20841 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20842 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20844 \(fn)" nil nil)
20846 ;;;***
20848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (22388 5707 389608
20849 ;;;;;; 473000))
20850 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20852 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20853 Completion for `gzip'.
20855 \(fn)" nil nil)
20857 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20858 Completion for `bzip2'.
20860 \(fn)" nil nil)
20862 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20863 Completion for GNU `make'.
20865 \(fn)" nil nil)
20867 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20868 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20870 \(fn)" nil nil)
20872 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20874 ;;;***
20876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (22388 5707
20877 ;;;;;; 397608 552000))
20878 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20880 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20881 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20883 \(fn)" nil nil)
20885 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20886 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20888 \(fn)" nil nil)
20890 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20891 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20893 \(fn)" nil nil)
20895 ;;;***
20897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (22388 5707 398608
20898 ;;;;;; 562000))
20899 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20901 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20902 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20904 \(fn)" nil nil)
20906 ;;;***
20908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (22388 5707 426608
20909 ;;;;;; 837000))
20910 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20912 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20913 Completion for `cd'.
20915 \(fn)" nil nil)
20917 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20919 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20920 Completion for `rmdir'.
20922 \(fn)" nil nil)
20924 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20925 Completion for `rm'.
20927 \(fn)" nil nil)
20929 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20930 Completion for `xargs'.
20932 \(fn)" nil nil)
20934 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20936 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20937 Completion for `which'.
20939 \(fn)" nil nil)
20941 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20942 Completion for the `chown' command.
20944 \(fn)" nil nil)
20946 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20947 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20949 \(fn)" nil nil)
20951 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20952 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20954 \(fn)" nil nil)
20956 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20957 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20958 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20960 \(fn)" nil nil)
20962 ;;;***
20964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (22388 5707 427608 847000))
20965 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20967 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20968 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20970 \(fn)" nil nil)
20972 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20973 Completion for the `ack' command.
20974 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
20975 long options.
20977 \(fn)" nil nil)
20979 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20981 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20982 Completion for the `ag' command.
20984 \(fn)" nil nil)
20986 ;;;***
20988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (22388 5707 441608
20989 ;;;;;; 985000))
20990 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20992 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20993 Support extensible programmable completion.
20994 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20995 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20997 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20999 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21000 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21002 \(fn)" t nil)
21004 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21005 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21006 This will modify the current buffer.
21008 \(fn)" t nil)
21010 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21011 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21013 \(fn)" t nil)
21015 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21016 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21017 This will modify the current buffer.
21019 \(fn)" t nil)
21021 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21022 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21024 \(fn)" t nil)
21026 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21027 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21029 \(fn)" t nil)
21031 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21032 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21033 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21034 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21035 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21037 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21039 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21040 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
21042 \(fn)" nil nil)
21044 ;;;***
21046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (22388 6391 236333 612000))
21047 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
21049 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21050 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21051 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21052 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21054 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21056 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21058 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21059 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21060 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21061 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21062 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21063 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21064 FLAGS is ignored.
21066 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21068 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21069 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21070 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21071 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21072 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21073 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21074 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21075 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21077 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21079 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21080 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21081 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21082 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21083 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21084 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21085 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21086 passed to cvs.
21088 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21090 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21091 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21092 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21093 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21094 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21095 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21096 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21098 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21100 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21101 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21102 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21104 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21106 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21107 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21108 A value of nil means never do it.
21109 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21110 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21111 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21113 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21115 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21116 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21117 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21119 ;;;***
21121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (22388 6391 155332
21122 ;;;;;; 816000))
21123 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21125 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
21126 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
21128 ;;;***
21130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (22388
21131 ;;;;;; 6387 473296 605000))
21132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21133 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21134 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21135 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21136 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21137 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21138 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21140 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21141 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21142 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21143 Tab indents for Perl code.
21144 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21145 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21146 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21147 \\{perl-mode-map}
21148 Variables controlling indentation style:
21149 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21150 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21151 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21152 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21153 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21154 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21155 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21156 `perl-nochange'
21157 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21158 `perl-indent-level'
21159 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21160 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21161 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21162 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21163 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21164 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21165 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21166 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21167 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21168 `perl-brace-offset'
21169 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21170 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21171 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21172 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21173 `perl-label-offset'
21174 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21175 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21176 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21178 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21179 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21180 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21181 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21182 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21183 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21184 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21186 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21188 \(fn)" t nil)
21190 ;;;***
21192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (22388 6389
21193 ;;;;;; 521316 747000))
21194 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21196 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21197 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21198 \\<picture-mode-map>
21199 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21200 afterwards settable by these commands:
21202 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21203 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21204 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21205 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21207 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21208 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21209 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21210 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21212 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21213 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21214 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21215 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21217 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21218 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21219 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21220 with these commands:
21222 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21223 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21224 Move to column following last
21225 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21226 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21227 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21228 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21229 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21230 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21232 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21234 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21235 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21236 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21237 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21238 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21239 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21241 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21242 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21243 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21244 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21245 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21246 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21247 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21249 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21250 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21251 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21252 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21253 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21254 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21255 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21256 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21258 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21259 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21260 by supplying an argument.
21262 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21264 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21265 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21267 \(fn)" t nil)
21269 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21271 ;;;***
21273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (22388 6377 846201
21274 ;;;;;; 930000))
21275 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
21276 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21278 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
21279 Start a Pinentry service.
21281 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
21282 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
21284 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
21285 will not be shown.
21287 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
21289 ;;;***
21291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (22388 6374 119165
21292 ;;;;;; 277000))
21293 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21295 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21296 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21298 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21300 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21301 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21303 \(fn)" t nil)
21305 ;;;***
21307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (22388 6389 566317 189000))
21308 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21310 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21311 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21312 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21314 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21316 ;;;***
21318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (22388 6383 433256 875000))
21319 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21321 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21322 Play pong and waste time.
21323 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21324 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21326 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21328 \\{pong-mode-map}
21330 \(fn)" t nil)
21332 ;;;***
21334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (22388 6374 119165 277000))
21335 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21337 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21338 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21339 Use streaming commands.
21341 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21343 ;;;***
21345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (22388 6369 620121
21346 ;;;;;; 33000))
21347 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21349 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21350 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21351 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21352 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21354 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21356 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21357 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21359 \(fn)" nil nil)
21361 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21362 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21363 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21364 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21365 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21367 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21369 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21370 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21371 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21373 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21375 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21376 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21378 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21380 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21381 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21382 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21383 Ignores leading comment characters.
21385 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21387 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21388 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21389 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21390 Ignores leading comment characters.
21392 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21394 ;;;***
21396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (22388 5707 557610
21397 ;;;;;; 126000))
21398 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21399 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21401 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21402 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21404 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21406 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21408 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21410 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21411 Preview directory using ghostview.
21413 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21414 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21415 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21416 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21418 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21419 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21420 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21421 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21422 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21423 file name.
21425 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21427 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21429 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21430 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21432 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21433 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21434 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21435 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21437 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21438 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21439 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21440 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21441 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21442 file name.
21444 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21446 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21448 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21449 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21451 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21452 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21453 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21454 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21456 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21457 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21458 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21459 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21460 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21461 file name.
21463 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21465 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21467 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21468 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21470 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21472 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21473 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21474 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21475 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21477 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21478 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21479 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21480 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21481 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21482 file name.
21484 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21486 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21488 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21489 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21491 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21492 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21493 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21495 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21496 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21497 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21498 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21500 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21502 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21503 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21505 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21506 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21507 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21509 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21510 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21511 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21512 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21514 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21516 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21517 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21519 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21520 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21521 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21523 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21524 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21525 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21526 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21528 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21530 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21531 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21533 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21535 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21536 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21537 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21539 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21540 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21541 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21542 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21544 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21546 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21547 Preview region using ghostview.
21549 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21551 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21553 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21554 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21556 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21558 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21560 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21561 Print region using PostScript printer.
21563 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21565 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21567 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21568 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21570 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21572 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21574 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21575 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21577 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21579 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21581 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21582 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21584 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21586 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21588 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21589 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21591 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21593 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21595 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21596 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21598 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21600 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21602 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21603 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21604 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21605 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21607 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21608 matching.
21610 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21611 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21613 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21615 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21617 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21618 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21619 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21620 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21622 \(fn)" t nil)
21624 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21625 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21626 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21627 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21629 \(fn)" t nil)
21631 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21632 Print directory using text printer.
21634 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21635 matching.
21637 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21638 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21640 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21642 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21644 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21645 Print buffer using text printer.
21647 \(fn)" t nil)
21649 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21650 Print region using text printer.
21652 \(fn)" t nil)
21654 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21655 Print major mode using text printer.
21657 \(fn)" t nil)
21659 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21660 Preview spooled PostScript.
21662 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21663 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21664 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21666 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21667 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21668 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21670 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21672 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21673 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21675 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21676 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21677 instead of sending it to the printer.
21679 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21680 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21681 image in a file with that name.
21683 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21685 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21686 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21688 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21689 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21690 instead of sending it to the printer.
21692 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21693 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21694 image in a file with that name.
21696 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21698 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21699 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21701 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21702 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21703 instead of sending it to the printer.
21705 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21706 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21707 image in a file with that name.
21709 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21711 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21712 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21714 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21716 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21717 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21719 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21721 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21722 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21724 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21726 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21727 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21729 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21731 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21732 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21734 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21736 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21737 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21739 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21740 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21741 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21742 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21744 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21745 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21746 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21747 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21748 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21749 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21750 file name.
21752 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21754 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21755 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21757 \(fn)" t nil)
21759 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21760 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21762 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21763 right.
21764 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21765 bottom.
21767 \(fn)" t nil)
21769 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21770 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21772 \(fn)" t nil)
21774 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21775 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21777 \(fn)" t nil)
21779 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21780 Toggle printing with faces.
21782 \(fn)" t nil)
21784 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21785 Toggle spooling.
21787 \(fn)" t nil)
21789 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21790 Toggle duplex.
21792 \(fn)" t nil)
21794 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21795 Toggle tumble.
21797 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21798 right.
21799 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21800 bottom.
21802 \(fn)" t nil)
21804 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21805 Toggle landscape.
21807 \(fn)" t nil)
21809 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21810 Toggle upside-down.
21812 \(fn)" t nil)
21814 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21815 Toggle line number.
21817 \(fn)" t nil)
21819 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21820 Toggle zebra stripes.
21822 \(fn)" t nil)
21824 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21825 Toggle printing header.
21827 \(fn)" t nil)
21829 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21830 Toggle printing header frame.
21832 \(fn)" t nil)
21834 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21835 Toggle menu lock.
21837 \(fn)" t nil)
21839 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21840 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21842 \(fn)" t nil)
21844 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21845 Toggle auto mode.
21847 \(fn)" t nil)
21849 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21850 Customization of the `printing' group.
21852 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21854 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21855 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21857 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21859 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21860 Help for the printing package.
21862 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21864 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21865 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21867 \(fn)" t nil)
21869 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21870 Interactively select a text printer.
21872 \(fn)" t nil)
21874 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21875 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21877 \(fn)" t nil)
21879 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21880 Show current ps-print settings.
21882 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21884 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21885 Show current printing settings.
21887 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21889 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21890 Show current lpr settings.
21892 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21894 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21895 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21897 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21898 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21899 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21900 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21903 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21905 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21906 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21907 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21909 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21910 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21911 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21912 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21913 current active printer.
21915 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21916 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21917 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21918 printer.
21920 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21921 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21922 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21923 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21924 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21927 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21928 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21930 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21932 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21933 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21934 be done using the new current active printer.
21936 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21937 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21938 printer.
21940 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21941 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21942 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21943 instead of sending it to the printer.
21945 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21946 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21947 printer.
21949 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21952 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21953 are both set to t.
21955 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21957 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21958 Fast fire function for text printing.
21960 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21961 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21962 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21963 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21965 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21966 user for a new active text printer.
21968 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21970 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21972 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21973 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21974 printer.
21976 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21978 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21979 are both set to t.
21981 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21983 ;;;***
21985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (22388 5707 663611 168000))
21986 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21988 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21989 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21990 \\<proced-mode-map>
21991 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21992 the process information.
21994 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21996 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21997 Proced buffers.
21999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22001 ;;;***
22003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (22431 53468 722634
22004 ;;;;;; 211000))
22005 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
22007 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
22008 Start/restart profilers.
22009 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
22010 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
22011 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
22013 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
22015 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
22016 Open profile FILENAME.
22018 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22020 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
22021 Open profile FILENAME.
22023 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22025 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
22026 Open profile FILENAME.
22028 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22030 ;;;***
22032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (22388 6387
22033 ;;;;;; 479296 664000))
22034 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
22036 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
22037 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
22038 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
22039 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
22040 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
22041 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
22043 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
22045 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
22046 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
22047 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
22048 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
22050 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22052 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
22053 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
22054 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the file name
22055 pattern to search for.
22057 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22059 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
22060 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
22061 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
22062 recognized.
22064 \(fn)" t nil)
22066 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
22067 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
22068 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
22069 recognized.
22071 \(fn)" t nil)
22073 ;;;***
22075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (22388 6387
22076 ;;;;;; 512296 989000))
22077 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22079 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22080 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22082 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22083 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22085 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22087 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22088 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22090 Commands:
22091 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22093 \(fn)" t nil)
22095 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22096 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22097 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22099 \(fn)" t nil)
22101 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22102 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22103 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22105 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22107 ;;;***
22109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (22388 5707 728611 808000))
22110 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22112 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22113 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22114 The default value is (\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22116 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22118 ;;;***
22120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (22388 6387
22121 ;;;;;; 553297 392000))
22122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22123 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
22125 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22126 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22128 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22130 The following variables hold user options, and can
22131 be set through the `customize' command:
22133 `ps-mode-tab'
22134 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22135 `ps-mode-print-function'
22136 `ps-run-prompt'
22137 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22138 `ps-run-x'
22139 `ps-run-dumb'
22140 `ps-run-init'
22141 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22142 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22144 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22147 \\{ps-mode-map}
22150 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22151 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22152 The keymap for this second window is:
22154 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22157 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22158 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22159 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22160 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22161 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22163 \(fn)" t nil)
22165 ;;;***
22167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (22388 5707 937613
22168 ;;;;;; 863000))
22169 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22170 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22172 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22173 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22174 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22176 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22178 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22179 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22180 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22181 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22183 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22185 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22186 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22188 Valid values are:
22190 nil Do not print colors.
22192 t Print colors.
22194 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22195 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22197 Any other value is treated as t.")
22199 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22201 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22202 Customization of ps-print group.
22204 \(fn)" t nil)
22206 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22207 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22209 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22210 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22211 sending it to the printer.
22213 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22214 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22215 image in a file with that name.
22217 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22219 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22220 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22221 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22222 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22223 so it has a way to determine color values.
22225 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22227 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22228 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22229 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22231 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22233 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22234 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22235 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22236 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22237 so it has a way to determine color values.
22239 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22241 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22242 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22243 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22244 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22246 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22248 \(fn)" t nil)
22250 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22251 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22252 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
22253 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
22254 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
22256 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22258 \(fn)" t nil)
22260 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22261 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22262 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22264 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22266 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22268 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22269 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22270 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22271 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22272 so it has a way to determine color values.
22274 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22276 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22278 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22279 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22281 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22282 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22283 instead of sending it to the printer.
22285 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22286 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22287 image in a file with that name.
22289 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22291 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22292 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22293 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22294 Try: pr -t file | awk \\='{printf \"%3d %s
22295 \", length($0), $0}\\=' | sort -r | head
22297 \(fn)" t nil)
22299 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22300 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22301 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22303 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22305 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22306 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22307 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22309 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22311 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22312 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22314 \(fn)" nil nil)
22316 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22317 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22319 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22320 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22322 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22323 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22325 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22327 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22329 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22331 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22332 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22334 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22335 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22337 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22338 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22340 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22342 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22344 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22346 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22347 foreground and background colors respectively.
22349 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22350 bold - use bold font.
22351 italic - use italic font.
22352 underline - put a line under text.
22353 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22354 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22355 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22356 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22357 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22359 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22361 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22363 ;;;***
22365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (22388 6368 485109
22366 ;;;;;; 870000))
22367 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22368 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22370 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22371 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22372 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22374 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22376 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22377 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22378 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22380 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22382 ;;;***
22384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (22388 6387
22385 ;;;;;; 635298 199000))
22386 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22387 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22389 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.pyw?\\'") 'python-mode))
22391 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22393 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22394 Run an inferior Python process.
22396 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22397 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22398 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22399 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22400 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22402 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22403 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22404 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22405 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22407 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22408 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22409 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22411 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22413 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22414 Major mode for editing Python files.
22416 \\{python-mode-map}
22418 \(fn)" t nil)
22420 ;;;***
22422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (22388 6374 122165 307000))
22423 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22425 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22426 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22427 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22428 coding-system.
22430 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22431 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22433 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22434 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22435 them into characters should be done separately.
22437 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22439 ;;;***
22441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (22388 6374
22442 ;;;;;; 689170 883000))
22443 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22445 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22446 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22448 \(fn)" nil nil)
22450 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22451 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22452 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22454 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22455 `quail-activate', which see.
22457 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22459 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22460 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22461 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22462 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22463 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22464 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22465 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22467 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22468 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22469 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22470 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22471 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22472 shown.
22473 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22475 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22476 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22477 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22478 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22479 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22480 list of candidates.
22482 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22483 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22484 command to be called.
22486 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22487 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22488 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22489 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22491 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22492 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22493 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22494 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22495 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22496 to t.
22498 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22499 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22500 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22501 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22503 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22504 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22505 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22506 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22507 defines no translations for single character keys.
22509 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22510 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22511 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22512 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22513 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22514 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22516 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22517 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22518 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22519 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22520 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22521 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22523 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22524 covers Quail translation region.
22526 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22527 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22528 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22529 for it) is inserted.
22531 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22532 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22533 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22535 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22536 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22537 non-Quail commands.
22539 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22541 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22542 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22544 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22545 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22546 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22547 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22548 you type is correctly handled.
22550 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22552 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22553 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22555 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22556 keyboard type.
22558 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22560 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22561 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22562 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22563 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22564 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22565 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22566 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22567 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22568 for the translation.
22569 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22571 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22572 it is used to handle KEY.
22574 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22575 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22576 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22577 the following annotation types are supported.
22579 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22580 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22582 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22583 candidate list.
22585 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22586 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22587 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22588 inserted.
22590 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22591 generated for the following translations.
22593 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22595 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22596 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22598 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22599 which to install MAP.
22601 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22603 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22605 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22606 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22608 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22609 which to install MAP.
22611 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22613 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22615 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22616 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22617 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22618 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22619 a function, or a cons.
22620 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22621 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22622 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22623 for the translation.
22624 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22625 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22626 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22627 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22628 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22630 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22631 it is used to handle KEY.
22633 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22634 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22635 current Quail package.
22637 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22638 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22640 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22642 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22643 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22645 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22646 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22648 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22650 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22651 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22653 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22655 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22656 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22657 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22658 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22659 of the Emacs source tree.
22661 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22662 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22664 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22665 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22666 of each directory.
22668 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22670 ;;;***
22672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (22388
22673 ;;;;;; 7510 443340 205000))
22674 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22676 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22677 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22678 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22679 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22681 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22683 ;;;***
22685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22686 ;;;;;; (22388 7511 889354 425000))
22687 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22689 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22690 Activate UCS input method.
22691 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22693 While this input method is active, the variable
22694 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22696 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22698 ;;;***
22700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (22388 6377 884202
22701 ;;;;;; 303000))
22702 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22704 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22705 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22706 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22707 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22709 To make use of this do something like:
22711 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22713 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22715 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22716 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22718 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22719 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22720 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22722 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22724 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22725 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22727 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22729 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22730 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22732 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22733 is decided.
22735 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22737 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22738 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22740 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22741 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22742 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22744 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22746 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22747 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22749 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22751 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22752 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22754 \(fn)" t nil)
22756 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22757 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22759 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22761 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22763 \(fn)" t nil)
22765 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22766 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22768 \(fn)" t nil)
22770 ;;;***
22772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (22388 6377 971203 159000))
22773 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22775 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22776 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22778 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22780 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22782 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22784 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22786 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22789 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22791 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22792 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22793 See the `rcirc-track-minor-mode' command
22794 for a description of this minor mode.
22795 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22796 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22797 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22799 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22801 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22802 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22803 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22804 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22805 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22809 ;;;***
22811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (22388
22812 ;;;;;; 6369 628121 111000))
22813 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22815 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22817 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22818 Construct a regexp interactively.
22819 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22820 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22821 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22823 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22824 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22826 \(fn)" t nil)
22828 ;;;***
22830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (22388 5708 102615 486000))
22831 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22833 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22834 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22835 See the `recentf-mode' command
22836 for a description of this minor mode.
22837 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22838 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22839 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22841 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22843 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22844 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22845 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22846 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22847 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22849 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22850 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22851 were operated on recently.
22853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22855 ;;;***
22857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (22420 38537 290424 639000))
22858 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22860 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22861 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22862 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22863 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22864 ends.
22866 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22867 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22868 to be deleted.
22870 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22872 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22873 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22874 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22876 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22877 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22878 deleted.
22880 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22882 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22883 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22884 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22886 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22888 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22889 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22891 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22892 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22894 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22895 deleted.
22897 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22898 the rectangle, but put it in `killed-rectangle' anyway. This means that
22899 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22900 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22901 even beep.)
22903 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22905 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22906 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22908 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22910 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22911 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22913 \(fn)" t nil)
22915 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22916 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22917 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22918 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22919 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22920 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22921 and point is at the lower right corner.
22923 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22925 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22926 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22928 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22929 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22931 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22932 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22933 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22935 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22937 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22939 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22940 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22941 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22942 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22943 rectangle, all contiguous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22945 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22946 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22948 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22950 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22951 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22952 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22954 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22956 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22958 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22960 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22961 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22963 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22964 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22965 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22967 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22969 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22970 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22971 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22973 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22974 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22975 rectangle which were empty.
22977 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22979 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22980 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22982 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22983 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22984 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22985 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22987 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22989 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22990 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22991 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22995 ;;;***
22997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (22388 6389
22998 ;;;;;; 566317 189000))
22999 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23001 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23002 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
23003 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
23004 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23005 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23007 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
23008 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
23009 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
23010 auto-filling.
23012 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
23014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23016 ;;;***
23018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (22388 6389
23019 ;;;;;; 951320 975000))
23020 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23021 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
23022 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
23023 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
23024 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
23026 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23027 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23029 \(fn)" nil nil)
23031 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23032 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23034 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23035 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23037 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23038 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23039 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23040 \\ref macro.
23042 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23043 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23044 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23046 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23047 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23048 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23050 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23051 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23053 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23054 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23056 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23057 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23058 on the menu bar.
23060 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23064 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23065 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23066 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23068 \(fn)" nil nil)
23070 ;;;***
23072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (22388
23073 ;;;;;; 6389 866320 139000))
23074 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23075 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23076 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23077 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23078 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23080 ;;;***
23082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (22388
23083 ;;;;;; 6369 632121 150000))
23084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23086 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23087 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23088 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23089 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23090 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23091 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23093 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23094 (concat open (mapconcat \\='regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23096 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23097 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23098 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23099 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23101 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23103 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23104 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23105 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23106 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23108 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23110 ;;;***
23112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (22388 6369 632121
23113 ;;;;;; 150000))
23114 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
23115 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
23117 ;;;***
23119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (22388 6389
23120 ;;;;;; 996321 418000))
23121 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23122 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23124 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23125 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23126 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23127 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23129 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23131 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23133 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23134 Call `remember' in another frame.
23136 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23138 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23139 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23140 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
23142 \(fn)" t nil)
23144 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23145 Extract diary entries from the region.
23147 \(fn)" nil nil)
23149 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
23150 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
23151 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
23152 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
23154 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
23156 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
23157 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
23158 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
23159 minor mode.
23161 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
23163 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
23164 Return the buffer.
23166 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
23167 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
23168 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
23170 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
23172 ;;;***
23174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (22388 5708 226616 706000))
23175 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23176 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
23178 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23179 Repeat most recently executed command.
23180 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
23181 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
23182 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
23184 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23185 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23186 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23187 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23189 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23190 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23191 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23193 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23195 ;;;***
23197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (22388 6375 640180
23198 ;;;;;; 235000))
23199 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23201 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23202 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23204 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23205 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23206 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23207 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23208 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23209 and point is left after the salutation.
23211 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23212 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23213 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23214 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23215 left after that text.
23217 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23218 is non-nil.
23220 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23221 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23222 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23223 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23225 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23227 ;;;***
23229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (22388 5708 409618
23230 ;;;;;; 505000))
23231 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23233 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23234 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23235 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23236 visibility of comments that precede it.
23237 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23238 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23239 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23240 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23241 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23242 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23243 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23244 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23245 the comment lines.
23246 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23247 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23248 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23249 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23250 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23254 ;;;***
23256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (22388 5708 409618 505000))
23257 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23259 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23260 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23261 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23262 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23263 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23265 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23266 reveals invisible text around point.
23268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23270 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23271 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
23272 See the `global-reveal-mode' command
23273 for a description of this minor mode.
23274 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23275 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23276 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23278 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23280 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23281 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
23282 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23284 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
23285 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23286 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23290 ;;;***
23292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (22388 6369 634121
23293 ;;;;;; 170000))
23294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23296 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23297 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23299 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23301 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23302 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23304 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23306 ;;;***
23308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (22388 6377 978203
23309 ;;;;;; 228000))
23310 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23312 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23313 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23314 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23315 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23317 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23319 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23320 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23321 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23322 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23324 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23325 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23327 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23328 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23330 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23331 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23332 INPUT-ARGS.
23334 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23335 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23336 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23337 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23338 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23340 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23341 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23342 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23343 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23345 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23346 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23347 variable.
23349 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23351 ;;;***
23353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (22388 6375 722181
23354 ;;;;;; 42000))
23355 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23357 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23358 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23360 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23362 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23364 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23365 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23366 Its name should end with a slash.")
23368 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23369 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23371 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23372 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23373 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
23375 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23377 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23378 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23379 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23380 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23381 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23382 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23383 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23385 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23386 sent by you under different user names.
23387 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23389 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23391 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23393 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23395 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23396 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23397 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23398 explicitly.")
23400 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23402 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23403 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23404 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23405 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23406 which normally happens once for each message,
23407 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23408 To make a change in this variable take effect
23409 for a message that you have already viewed,
23410 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23412 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23414 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23415 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23416 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23417 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23419 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23421 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23422 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23424 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23426 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23427 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23428 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23430 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23432 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23433 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23434 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23435 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23436 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23437 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23439 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23441 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23442 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23444 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23446 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23447 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23449 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23451 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23452 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23454 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23455 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23457 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23459 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23460 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23462 This is set to nil by default.")
23464 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23465 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23466 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23467 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23468 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23469 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23470 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23472 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23473 Read and edit incoming mail.
23474 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23475 file in RMAIL Mode.
23476 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23478 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23479 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23480 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23481 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23483 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23485 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23487 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23488 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23489 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23490 Instead, these commands are available:
23492 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23493 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23494 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23495 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23496 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23497 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23498 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23499 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23500 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23501 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23502 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23503 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23504 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23505 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23506 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23507 till a deleted message is found.
23508 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23509 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23510 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23511 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23512 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23513 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23514 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23515 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23516 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23517 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23518 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23519 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23520 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23521 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23522 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23523 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23524 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23525 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23526 (label defaults to last one specified).
23527 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23528 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23529 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23530 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23531 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23532 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23533 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23534 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23535 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23537 \(fn)" t nil)
23539 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23540 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23542 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23544 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23545 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23547 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23549 ;;;***
23551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (22388 6375 836182
23552 ;;;;;; 163000))
23553 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23554 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23556 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23557 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23558 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23559 case it writes Babyl.
23561 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23562 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23563 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23564 `rmail-default-file'.
23566 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23567 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23568 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23570 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23571 the header display is currently pruned.
23573 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23574 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23575 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23576 messages after output.
23578 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23579 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23580 message (if writing a file directly).
23582 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23583 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23585 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23587 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23588 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23589 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23590 i) the header is output as currently seen
23591 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23592 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23594 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23595 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23596 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23598 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23600 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23601 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23602 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23603 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23604 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23605 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23606 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23608 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23609 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23610 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23612 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23614 ;;;***
23616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (22388 6379
23617 ;;;;;; 311216 337000))
23618 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23620 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23621 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23622 Return a pattern.
23624 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23626 ;;;***
23628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (22388 6379 395217
23629 ;;;;;; 163000))
23630 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23632 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23633 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23634 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23635 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23637 \(fn)" t nil)
23639 ;;;***
23641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (22388 6379
23642 ;;;;;; 440217 606000))
23643 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23645 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23646 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23648 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23649 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23650 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23651 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23652 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23653 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23654 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23655 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23656 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23657 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23659 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23660 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23661 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23662 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23663 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23664 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23665 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23666 to use for finding the schema.
23668 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23670 ;;;***
23672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (22388 6379 480217
23673 ;;;;;; 999000))
23674 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23676 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23678 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23679 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23680 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23681 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23682 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23683 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23684 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23685 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23686 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23687 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23688 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23689 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23690 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23691 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23692 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23693 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23694 must be equal.
23696 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23698 ;;;***
23700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (22388 6374
23701 ;;;;;; 714171 129000))
23702 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23704 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23705 Define a robin package.
23707 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23708 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23709 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23710 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23712 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23713 one replaces the old one.
23715 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23717 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23718 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23720 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23721 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23722 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23724 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23726 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23727 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23729 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23731 ;;;***
23733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (22388 5708 410618 514000))
23734 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23736 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23737 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23739 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23741 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23742 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23744 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23746 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23747 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23749 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23751 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23752 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23753 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23755 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23756 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23757 in ROT13.
23759 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23761 \(fn)" t nil)
23763 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23764 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23766 \(fn)" t nil)
23768 ;;;***
23770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (22388 6390 44321
23771 ;;;;;; 890000))
23772 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23773 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23775 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23776 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23777 \\<rst-mode-map>
23779 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23780 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23781 highlighting.
23783 \\{rst-mode-map}
23785 \(fn)" t nil)
23787 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23788 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23789 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23790 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23791 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23793 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23794 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23795 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23799 ;;;***
23801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (22388
23802 ;;;;;; 6387 729299 124000))
23803 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23804 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23806 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23807 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23809 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23811 \(fn)" t nil)
23813 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23815 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23817 ;;;***
23819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (22388 5708 411618
23820 ;;;;;; 524000))
23821 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23822 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23824 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23825 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23826 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23828 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23829 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23830 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23831 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23832 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23836 ;;;***
23838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (22388 6369 650121
23839 ;;;;;; 327000))
23840 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23842 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23843 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23844 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23845 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23847 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23849 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23850 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23851 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23853 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23854 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23855 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23857 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23858 notation.
23860 STRING
23861 matches string STRING literally.
23863 CHAR
23864 matches character CHAR literally.
23866 `not-newline', `nonl'
23867 matches any character except a newline.
23869 `anything'
23870 matches any character
23872 `(any SET ...)'
23873 `(in SET ...)'
23874 `(char SET ...)'
23875 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23876 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23877 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23879 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23880 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23881 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23882 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23884 `(not (any SET ...))'
23885 matches any character not in SET ...
23887 `line-start', `bol'
23888 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23889 in the text being matched
23891 `line-end', `eol'
23892 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23894 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23895 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23896 string being matched against.
23898 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23899 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23900 string being matched against.
23902 `buffer-start'
23903 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23904 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23906 `buffer-end'
23907 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23908 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23910 `point'
23911 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23913 `word-start', `bow'
23914 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23916 `word-end', `eow'
23917 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23919 `word-boundary'
23920 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23921 word.
23923 `(not word-boundary)'
23924 `not-word-boundary'
23925 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23926 word.
23928 `symbol-start'
23929 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23931 `symbol-end'
23932 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23934 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23935 matches 0 through 9.
23937 `control', `cntrl'
23938 matches ASCII control characters.
23940 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23941 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23943 `blank'
23944 matches space and tab only.
23946 `graphic', `graph'
23947 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23948 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23949 unassigned by Unicode.
23951 `printing', `print'
23952 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23954 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23955 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23956 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23958 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23959 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23960 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23962 `ascii'
23963 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23965 `nonascii'
23966 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23968 `lower', `lower-case'
23969 matches anything lower-case.
23971 `upper', `upper-case'
23972 matches anything upper-case.
23974 `punctuation', `punct'
23975 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23976 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23978 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23979 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23981 `word', `wordchar'
23982 matches anything that has word syntax.
23984 `not-wordchar'
23985 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23987 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23988 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23989 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23990 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23992 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23993 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23994 `word' (\\sw)
23995 `symbol' (\\s_)
23996 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23997 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23998 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23999 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24000 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24001 `escape' (\\s\\)
24002 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24003 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24004 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24005 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24006 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24008 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24009 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24011 `(category CATEGORY)'
24012 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24013 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24015 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24016 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24017 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24018 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24019 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24020 `symbol' (\\c5)
24021 `digit' (\\c6)
24022 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24023 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24024 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24025 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24026 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24027 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24028 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
24029 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24030 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24031 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24032 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24033 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24034 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24035 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24036 `ascii' (\\ca)
24037 `arabic' (\\cb)
24038 `chinese' (\\cc)
24039 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24040 `greek' (\\cg)
24041 `korean' (\\ch)
24042 `indian' (\\ci)
24043 `japanese' (\\cj)
24044 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24045 `latin' (\\cl)
24046 `lao' (\\co)
24047 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24048 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24049 `thai' (\\ct)
24050 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24051 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24052 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24053 `can-break' (\\c|)
24055 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24056 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24058 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24059 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24060 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24061 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24062 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24064 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24065 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24066 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24067 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24069 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24070 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24071 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
24072 group number N.
24074 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24075 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24076 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24077 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24078 regular expression.
24080 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24081 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24082 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24083 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24084 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24086 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24087 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24089 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24090 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24092 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24093 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24094 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24096 `(* SEXP ...)'
24097 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24098 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24100 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24101 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24102 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24104 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24105 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24106 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24108 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24109 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24111 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24112 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24114 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24115 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24116 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24117 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24119 `(? SEXP ...)'
24120 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24122 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24123 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24125 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24126 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24127 matches N occurrences.
24129 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24130 matches N or more occurrences.
24132 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24133 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24134 matches N to M occurrences.
24136 `(backref N)'
24137 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24139 `(eval FORM)'
24140 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24141 `regexp-quote' it.
24143 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24144 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24146 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
24148 ;;;***
24150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (22388 6378
24151 ;;;;;; 9203 533000))
24152 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
24153 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24155 ;;;***
24157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (22388 5708 411618
24158 ;;;;;; 524000))
24159 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24160 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
24162 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24163 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24164 See the `savehist-mode' command
24165 for a description of this minor mode.
24166 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24167 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24168 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24170 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24172 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24173 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
24174 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
24175 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24176 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24178 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
24179 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
24180 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
24181 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
24183 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24184 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
24185 histories, which is probably undesirable.
24187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24189 ;;;***
24191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (22388 5708 453618
24192 ;;;;;; 938000))
24193 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
24195 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
24196 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
24197 See the `save-place-mode' command
24198 for a description of this minor mode.
24199 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24200 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24201 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
24203 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
24205 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
24206 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
24207 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
24208 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
24210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24212 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
24213 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
24214 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
24215 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
24216 even in a later Emacs session.
24218 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
24219 the argument is positive.
24221 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
24222 file:
24224 \(save-place-mode 1)
24226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24228 ;;;***
24230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (22388 6387
24231 ;;;;;; 746299 291000))
24232 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24234 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24235 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24236 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24238 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24239 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24240 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24241 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24242 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24243 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24244 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24245 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24247 Commands:
24248 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24249 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24250 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24252 \(fn)" t nil)
24254 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24255 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24256 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24258 Commands:
24259 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24260 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24261 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24262 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24263 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24264 that variable's value is a string.
24266 \(fn)" t nil)
24268 ;;;***
24270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (22388 6374
24271 ;;;;;; 162165 700000))
24272 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24274 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24275 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24276 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24278 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24280 \(fn)" t nil)
24282 ;;;***
24284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (22388 5708 454618
24285 ;;;;;; 948000))
24286 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24288 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24289 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24290 See the `scroll-all-mode' command
24291 for a description of this minor mode.
24292 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24293 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24294 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24296 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24298 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24299 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24300 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24301 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24302 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24304 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24305 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24309 ;;;***
24311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (22388 5708
24312 ;;;;;; 509619 488000))
24313 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24315 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24316 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24317 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24318 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24319 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24320 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24321 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24322 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24326 ;;;***
24328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (22388 6378 21203
24329 ;;;;;; 651000))
24330 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24331 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24332 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24334 ;;;***
24336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (22388 6368
24337 ;;;;;; 485109 870000))
24338 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24339 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24341 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24342 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24343 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24345 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24346 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24347 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24348 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24349 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24350 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24351 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24352 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24353 keybinding for tag names.
24354 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24355 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24356 of the symbol under point.
24357 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24358 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24359 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24360 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24361 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24362 syntax tokens.
24363 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24365 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24367 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24368 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24369 See the `semantic-mode' command
24370 for a description of this minor mode.
24371 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24372 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24373 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24375 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24377 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24378 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24379 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24380 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24381 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24383 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24384 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24385 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24386 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24387 Semantic mode.
24389 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24393 ;;;***
24395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24396 ;;;;;; (22388 11492 220498 203000))
24397 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24399 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24400 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24402 \(fn)" t nil)
24404 ;;;***
24406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24407 ;;;;;; (22388 11492 494500 898000))
24408 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24410 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24411 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24413 \(fn)" t nil)
24415 ;;;***
24417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (22388 6375 932183
24418 ;;;;;; 107000))
24419 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24421 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24422 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24424 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24425 king@grassland.com
24426 If `parens', they look like:
24427 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24428 If `angles', they look like:
24429 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24431 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24432 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24434 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24436 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24437 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24438 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24439 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24441 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24442 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24443 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24444 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24446 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24448 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24449 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24450 This is done when the message is initialized,
24451 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24453 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24455 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24456 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24457 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24459 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24461 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24462 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24463 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24464 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24465 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24466 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24467 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24469 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24471 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24472 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24474 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24476 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24477 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24478 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24479 be a Babyl file.")
24481 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24483 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24484 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24485 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24486 when you first send mail.")
24488 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24490 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24491 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24492 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24493 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24494 This file need not actually exist.")
24496 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24498 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24499 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24501 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24503 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24504 Alist of mail address aliases,
24505 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24506 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24507 can specify a different file name.)
24508 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24509 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24511 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24512 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24513 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24515 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24517 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24518 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24519 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24521 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24523 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24524 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24525 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24526 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24527 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24528 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24529 in the cited portion of the message.
24531 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24532 instead of no action.")
24534 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24536 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24537 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24538 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24539 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24540 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24542 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24544 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24545 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24546 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24547 If a string, that string is inserted.
24548 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24549 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24550 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24551 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24553 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24555 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24556 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24558 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24560 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24561 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24562 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24564 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24565 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24567 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24569 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24570 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24571 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24572 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24574 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24576 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24577 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24578 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24580 \(fn)" nil nil)
24582 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24584 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24587 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24589 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24590 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24591 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24593 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24594 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24596 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24597 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24598 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24599 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24600 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24601 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24602 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24603 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24604 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24605 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24606 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24607 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24608 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24609 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24611 \(fn)" t nil)
24613 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24614 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24615 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24616 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24618 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24620 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24621 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24622 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24623 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24624 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24625 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24627 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24628 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24629 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24631 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24632 User should not set this variable manually,
24633 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24634 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24635 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24637 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24638 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24639 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24640 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24642 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24643 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24645 \\<mail-mode-map>
24646 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24648 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24649 to move to message header fields:
24650 \\{mail-mode-map}
24652 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24653 when the message is initialized.
24655 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24656 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24658 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24659 is inserted.
24661 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24662 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24664 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24665 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24666 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24667 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24668 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24669 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24670 buffer without erasing the contents.
24672 The second through fifth arguments,
24673 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24674 the initial contents of those header fields.
24675 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24676 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24677 original message being replied to, or else an action
24678 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24679 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24680 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24681 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24682 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24683 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24685 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24687 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24688 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24690 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24692 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24693 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24695 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24697 ;;;***
24699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (22388 6369 666121
24700 ;;;;;; 485000))
24701 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24702 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24704 ;;;***
24706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (22388 5708 590620 286000))
24707 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24709 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24711 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24713 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24715 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24716 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24717 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24718 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24719 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24720 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24722 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24723 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24725 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24726 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24727 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24729 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24730 \\[server-start].
24732 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24734 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24735 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24736 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24737 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24739 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24741 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24742 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24743 See the `server-mode' command
24744 for a description of this minor mode.
24745 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24746 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24747 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24749 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24751 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24752 Toggle Server mode.
24753 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24754 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24755 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24757 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24758 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24759 `server-start' for details.
24761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24763 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24764 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24765 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24767 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24768 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24770 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24772 ;;;***
24774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (22457 44247 406108 197000))
24775 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24777 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24778 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24780 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24781 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24782 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24783 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24784 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24786 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24787 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24788 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24789 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24790 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24791 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24793 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24794 displayed.
24796 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24797 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24798 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24800 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24801 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24803 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24804 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24806 \\{ses-mode-map}
24807 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24808 part):
24809 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24810 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24811 formula:
24812 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24814 \(fn)" t nil)
24816 ;;;***
24818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (22388
24819 ;;;;;; 6390 132322 756000))
24820 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24822 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24823 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24824 Makes > match <.
24825 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
24826 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24828 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24829 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24830 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24832 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
24833 in your init file.
24835 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24837 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24838 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24839 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24841 \(fn)" t nil)
24843 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24844 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24845 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24846 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24847 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24848 which this is based.
24850 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24852 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24853 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24854 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24855 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24857 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24858 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24859 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24861 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24862 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24863 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24864 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24866 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24867 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24868 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24869 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24871 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24873 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24874 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24875 To work around that, do:
24876 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" \\='(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
24878 \\{html-mode-map}
24880 \(fn)" t nil)
24882 ;;;***
24884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (22420
24885 ;;;;;; 38537 290424 639000))
24886 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24887 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24888 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24890 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24891 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24892 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24893 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24894 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24895 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24897 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24898 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24899 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24900 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
24901 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
24903 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24904 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24905 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24906 \\<sh-mode-map>
24907 \\[sh-case] case statement
24908 \\[sh-for] for loop
24909 \\[sh-function] function definition
24910 \\[sh-if] if statement
24911 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24912 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24913 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24914 \\[sh-select] select loop
24915 \\[sh-until] until loop
24916 \\[sh-while] while loop
24918 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24919 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24920 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24921 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24922 would indent to the way it currently is.
24923 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24924 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24927 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24928 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24929 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24930 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24931 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24933 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24934 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
24935 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
24937 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24938 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24939 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24941 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24942 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24944 \(fn)" t nil)
24946 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24948 ;;;***
24950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (22388 6369
24951 ;;;;;; 668121 504000))
24952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24954 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24955 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24957 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24958 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24959 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24961 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24962 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24963 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24964 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24965 the earlier.
24967 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24969 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24971 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24972 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24973 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24975 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24976 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24978 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24979 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24980 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24981 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24982 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24983 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24984 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24985 Emacs version).
24987 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24988 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24989 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24990 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24991 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24993 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24994 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24996 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24998 ;;;***
25000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (22388 5708 840622
25001 ;;;;;; 743000))
25002 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25004 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25005 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25006 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25007 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25008 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25009 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25010 sites in the cluster.
25012 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25014 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25015 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25016 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25017 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25018 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25020 \(fn)" t nil)
25022 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25023 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25024 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25025 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25026 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25027 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25028 `shadow-define-cluster').
25030 \(fn)" t nil)
25032 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25033 Set up file shadowing.
25035 \(fn)" t nil)
25037 ;;;***
25039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (22388 5708 884623 178000))
25040 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25042 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25043 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25044 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25045 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25046 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25047 arguments.")
25049 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25051 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25052 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25053 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25054 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25055 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25057 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25058 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25059 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25060 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25061 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25062 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25063 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25064 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25065 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25066 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25067 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25069 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25070 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25071 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25072 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25073 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25074 `default-process-coding-system'.
25076 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25077 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25078 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25079 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25081 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25083 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25085 ;;;***
25087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (22388 6378 63204 64000))
25088 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
25090 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
25091 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
25093 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25095 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25096 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
25097 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
25098 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
25100 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25102 ;;;***
25104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (22388 6374 179165
25105 ;;;;;; 867000))
25106 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25108 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25111 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25113 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25116 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25118 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25121 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25123 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
25126 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25128 ;;;***
25130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (22388 6374
25131 ;;;;;; 173165 808000))
25132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25134 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25135 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25136 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25137 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25138 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25140 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25142 \(fn)" t nil)
25144 ;;;***
25146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (22388 6387
25147 ;;;;;; 879300 598000))
25148 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25150 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25151 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25152 \\{simula-mode-map}
25153 Variables controlling indentation style:
25154 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25155 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25156 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25157 `simula-indent-level'
25158 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25159 `simula-substatement-offset'
25160 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25161 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25162 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25163 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25164 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25165 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25166 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25167 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25168 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
25169 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25170 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25171 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25172 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
25173 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25174 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25175 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25176 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25177 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25178 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25179 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
25180 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25181 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25182 or nil if they should not be changed.
25183 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
25184 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25185 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25186 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25188 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25189 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25191 \(fn)" t nil)
25193 ;;;***
25195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (22388 5709 330627
25196 ;;;;;; 562000))
25197 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25199 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25200 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25202 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25203 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25204 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25205 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25207 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
25209 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
25211 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25212 Insert SKELETON.
25213 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25214 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25215 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25216 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25217 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25219 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25220 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25222 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25224 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25225 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25227 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25228 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25229 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25230 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25232 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25233 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25234 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25235 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25237 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25238 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25239 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25241 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25242 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25244 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25245 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25247 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
25248 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
25249 is at bol/eol
25250 _ interesting point, interregion here
25251 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25252 interesting point set by _
25253 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25254 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25255 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25256 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25257 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25258 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25259 nil skipped
25261 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25262 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25264 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
25265 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
25266 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
25267 as the first element when at bol.
25269 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
25270 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
25271 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
25272 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25273 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
25274 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25275 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
25276 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25278 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25279 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25280 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25281 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25282 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25283 available:
25285 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25286 then: insert previously read string once more
25287 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25288 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25289 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25291 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25292 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25294 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25296 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25297 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25299 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25300 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25301 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25302 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25303 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25304 such as backslash.
25306 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25307 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
25308 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
25309 twice for the others.
25311 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25313 ;;;***
25315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (22388 6391
25316 ;;;;;; 279334 35000))
25317 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25319 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25320 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25321 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25322 buffer names.
25324 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25326 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25327 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25328 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25329 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25330 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25331 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25335 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25336 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25337 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25339 \(fn)" t nil)
25341 ;;;***
25343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (22388 6374 180165
25344 ;;;;;; 877000))
25345 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25347 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25348 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25349 A list of images is returned.
25351 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25353 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25354 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25355 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25357 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25359 ;;;***
25361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (22388 6375 961183
25362 ;;;;;; 392000))
25363 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25365 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25368 \(fn)" nil nil)
25370 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25371 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25373 \(fn)" t nil)
25375 ;;;***
25377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (22388 6383 455257
25378 ;;;;;; 91000))
25379 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25381 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25382 Play the Snake game.
25383 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25385 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25387 Snake mode keybindings:
25388 \\<snake-mode-map>
25389 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25390 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25391 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25392 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25393 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25394 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25395 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25397 \(fn)" t nil)
25399 ;;;***
25401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (22388 6378
25402 ;;;;;; 107204 497000))
25403 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25405 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25406 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25407 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25408 Tab indents for C code.
25409 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25410 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25411 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25412 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25413 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25415 \(fn)" t nil)
25417 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25418 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25419 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25420 Tab indents for C code.
25421 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25422 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25423 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25424 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25425 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25427 \(fn)" t nil)
25429 ;;;***
25431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (22388 6378
25432 ;;;;;; 185205 264000))
25433 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
25434 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25436 ;;;***
25438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (22388 6368 219107
25439 ;;;;;; 254000))
25440 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25442 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25443 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25444 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25445 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25446 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25448 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25452 ;;;***
25454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (22388 6383
25455 ;;;;;; 455257 91000))
25456 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25458 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25459 Play Solitaire.
25461 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25462 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25463 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25464 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25465 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25466 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25467 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25468 check after each move or undo.)
25470 What is Solitaire?
25472 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25473 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25474 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25476 Le Solitaire
25477 ============
25479 o o o
25481 o o o
25483 o o o o o o o
25485 o o o . o o o
25487 o o o o o o o
25489 o o o
25491 o o o
25493 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25494 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25495 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25496 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25498 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25499 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25500 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25501 this: o o .
25503 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25504 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25506 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25508 o o o
25510 . o o
25512 o o . o o o o
25514 o . o o o o o
25516 o o o o o o o
25518 o o o
25520 o o o
25522 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25524 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25526 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25528 ;;;***
25530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (22388 5709 370627 956000))
25531 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25532 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25534 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25535 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25537 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25538 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25539 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25540 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25541 contiguous.
25543 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25544 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25545 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25546 the sort order.
25548 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25549 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25551 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25552 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25553 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25554 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25555 is called.
25557 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25558 It should move point to the end of the record.
25560 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25561 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25562 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25563 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25564 starts at the beginning of the record.
25566 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25567 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25568 same as ENDRECFUN.
25570 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25571 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25572 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25573 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25574 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25575 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25576 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25578 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25580 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25581 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25582 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25583 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25584 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25585 the sort order.
25587 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25589 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25590 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25591 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25592 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25593 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25594 the sort order.
25596 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25598 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25599 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25600 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25601 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25602 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25603 the sort order.
25605 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25606 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25608 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25609 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25610 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25611 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25612 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25613 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25614 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25615 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25616 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25618 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25620 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25621 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25622 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25623 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25624 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25625 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25626 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25627 the sort order.
25629 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25631 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25632 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25633 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25634 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25636 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25637 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25639 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25640 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25641 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25642 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25643 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25644 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25645 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25646 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25648 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25650 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25651 the sort order.
25653 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25654 starting with the letter \"f\",
25655 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25657 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25659 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25660 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25661 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25662 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25663 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25664 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25665 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25666 the sort order.
25668 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25669 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25670 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25671 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25672 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25674 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25676 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25677 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25678 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25680 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25682 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25683 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25684 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25685 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25686 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25687 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25688 each repeated line.
25690 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25691 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25692 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25693 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25695 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25696 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25698 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25699 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25701 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25703 ;;;***
25705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (22388 6374 263166 693000))
25706 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25708 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25709 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25710 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25711 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25712 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25713 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25715 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25717 ;;;***
25719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (22388
25720 ;;;;;; 6374 182165 897000))
25721 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25723 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25724 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25726 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25727 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25728 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25730 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25732 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25733 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25734 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25735 server.
25737 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25739 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25740 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25741 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25743 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25745 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25746 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25747 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25748 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25749 Agent is plugged.
25751 \(fn)" t nil)
25753 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25754 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25755 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25756 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25758 \(fn)" t nil)
25760 ;;;***
25762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (22388 5709 449628
25763 ;;;;;; 733000))
25764 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25766 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25768 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25769 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25770 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25771 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25772 supported at a time.
25773 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25774 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25778 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25779 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25780 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25781 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25783 \(fn)" t nil)
25785 ;;;***
25787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (22388 6383 458257
25788 ;;;;;; 120000))
25789 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25791 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25792 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25794 \(fn)" t nil)
25796 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25797 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25799 \(fn)" nil nil)
25801 ;;;***
25803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (22388 6387 963301
25804 ;;;;;; 424000))
25805 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25806 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25808 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25809 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25811 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25812 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25813 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25814 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25815 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25816 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25817 of the current highlighting list.
25819 For example:
25821 (sql-add-product-keywords \\='ms
25822 \\='((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25824 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25825 `_t' as data types.
25827 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25829 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25830 Major mode to edit SQL.
25832 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25833 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25834 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25836 \\{sql-mode-map}
25837 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25839 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25840 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25841 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25842 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25843 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25844 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25846 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25847 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25849 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25850 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25851 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25853 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
25854 (lambda ()
25855 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25857 \(fn)" t nil)
25859 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25860 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25862 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25863 their settings.
25865 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25866 is specified in the connection settings.
25868 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25870 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25871 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25873 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25874 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25876 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25877 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25878 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25879 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25881 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25883 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25885 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25886 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25888 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25889 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25890 `*SQL*'.
25892 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25893 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25894 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25895 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25897 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25898 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25900 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25901 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25902 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25903 buffer.
25905 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25906 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25907 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25908 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25909 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25910 `default-process-coding-system'.
25912 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25914 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25916 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25917 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25919 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25920 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25921 `*SQL*'.
25923 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25924 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25925 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25926 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25928 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25929 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25931 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25932 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25933 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25934 buffer.
25936 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25937 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25938 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25939 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25940 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25941 `default-process-coding-system'.
25943 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25945 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25947 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25948 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25950 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25951 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25952 `*SQL*'.
25954 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25955 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25957 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25958 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25960 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25961 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25962 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25963 buffer.
25965 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25966 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25967 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25968 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25969 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25970 `default-process-coding-system'.
25972 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25974 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25976 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25977 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25979 SQLite is free software.
25981 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25982 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25983 `*SQL*'.
25985 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25986 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25987 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25988 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25990 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25991 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25993 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25994 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25995 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25996 buffer.
25998 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25999 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26000 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26001 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26002 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26003 `default-process-coding-system'.
26005 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26007 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26009 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26010 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26012 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26014 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26015 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26016 `*SQL*'.
26018 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26019 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26020 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26021 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26023 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26024 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26026 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26027 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26028 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26029 buffer.
26031 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26032 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26033 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26034 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26035 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26036 `default-process-coding-system'.
26038 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26040 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26042 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26043 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26045 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26046 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26047 `*SQL*'.
26049 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26050 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26051 defaults, if set.
26053 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26054 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26056 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26057 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26058 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26059 buffer.
26061 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26062 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26063 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26064 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26065 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26066 `default-process-coding-system'.
26068 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26070 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26072 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26073 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26075 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26076 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26077 `*SQL*'.
26079 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26080 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26082 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26083 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26085 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26086 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26087 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26088 buffer.
26090 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26091 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26092 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26093 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26094 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26095 `default-process-coding-system'.
26097 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26099 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26101 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26102 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26104 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26105 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26106 `*SQL*'.
26108 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26109 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26110 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26111 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26113 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26114 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26116 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26117 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26118 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26119 buffer.
26121 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26122 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26123 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26124 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26125 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26126 `default-process-coding-system'.
26128 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26130 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26132 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26133 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26135 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26136 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26137 `*SQL*'.
26139 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26140 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26141 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26142 `sql-postgres-options'.
26144 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26145 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26147 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26148 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26149 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26150 buffer.
26152 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26153 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26154 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26155 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26156 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26157 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26158 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26159 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26161 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26162 \\='(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26164 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26166 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26168 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26169 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26171 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26172 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26173 `*SQL*'.
26175 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26176 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26177 defaults, if set.
26179 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26180 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26182 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26183 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26184 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26185 buffer.
26187 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26188 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26189 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26190 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26191 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26192 `default-process-coding-system'.
26194 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26196 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26198 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26199 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26201 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26202 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26203 `*SQL*'.
26205 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26206 automatic login.
26208 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26209 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26211 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26212 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26213 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26214 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26216 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26217 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26218 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26219 buffer.
26221 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26222 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26223 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26224 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26225 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26226 `default-process-coding-system'.
26228 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26230 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26232 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26233 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26235 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26236 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26237 `*SQL*'.
26239 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26240 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26241 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26242 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26243 parameters.
26245 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26246 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26247 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26248 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26249 an empty password.
26251 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26252 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26254 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26255 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26256 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26257 buffer.
26259 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26261 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26263 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
26264 Run vsql as an inferior process.
26266 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26268 ;;;***
26270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (22388 6368 506110
26271 ;;;;;; 77000))
26272 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
26273 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26275 ;;;***
26277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26278 ;;;;;; (22388 7503 616273 65000))
26279 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26281 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26282 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26284 \(fn)" t nil)
26286 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26288 ;;;***
26290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (22388 6374 269166
26291 ;;;;;; 752000))
26292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26294 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26295 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26296 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26297 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26298 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26299 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26300 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26301 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26302 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26303 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26304 with any buffer
26305 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26306 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26307 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26308 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26310 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26312 ;;;***
26314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (22388 5709 633630 542000))
26315 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26317 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26318 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26319 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
26320 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
26321 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26322 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26324 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26326 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26328 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26329 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26330 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26331 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26332 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26333 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26334 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26336 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26338 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26339 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26340 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26341 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26342 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26343 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26344 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26346 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26348 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26349 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26350 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26352 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26354 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26355 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26356 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26358 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26360 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26361 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26363 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26365 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26366 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26368 \(fn)" t nil)
26370 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26371 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26373 \(fn)" t nil)
26375 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26376 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26377 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26378 by command name.
26379 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26381 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26383 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26384 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26385 See the `strokes-mode' command
26386 for a description of this minor mode.
26387 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26388 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26389 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26391 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26393 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26394 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26395 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26396 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26397 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26399 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26400 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26401 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26402 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26403 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26405 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26406 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26407 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26408 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26410 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26414 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26415 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26416 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26417 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26419 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26421 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26422 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26424 \(fn)" t nil)
26426 ;;;***
26428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (22388 6383 458257
26429 ;;;;;; 120000))
26430 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26432 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26433 Studlify-case the region.
26435 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26437 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26438 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26440 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26442 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26443 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26445 \(fn)" t nil)
26447 ;;;***
26449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (22388 6388
26450 ;;;;;; 3301 818000))
26451 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26453 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26455 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26456 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26457 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26458 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26459 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26461 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26462 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26463 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26464 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26466 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26467 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26468 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26470 Nomenclature Subwords
26471 ===========================================================
26472 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26473 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26474 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26476 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26477 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26479 \\{subword-mode-map}
26481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26483 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26484 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
26485 See the `global-subword-mode' command
26486 for a description of this minor mode.
26487 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26488 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26489 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26491 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26493 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26494 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26495 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26496 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26497 ARG is omitted or nil.
26499 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26500 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26501 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26505 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26506 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26507 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26508 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26509 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26511 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26512 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26513 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26514 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26516 \\{superword-mode-map}
26518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26520 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26521 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
26522 See the `global-superword-mode' command
26523 for a description of this minor mode.
26524 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26525 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26526 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26528 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26530 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26531 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26532 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26533 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26534 ARG is omitted or nil.
26536 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26537 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26538 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26542 ;;;***
26544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (22388 6376
26545 ;;;;;; 4183 815000))
26546 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26548 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26549 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26550 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26551 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26552 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26553 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26554 original message but it does require a few things:
26556 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26558 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26559 reply buffer.
26561 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26562 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26563 original message.
26565 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26567 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26569 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26570 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26571 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26573 \(fn)" nil nil)
26575 ;;;***
26577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (22388 5709 919633 355000))
26578 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26580 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26582 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26583 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26584 See the `gpm-mouse-mode' command
26585 for a description of this minor mode.
26586 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26587 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26588 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26590 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26592 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26593 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26594 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26595 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26596 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26598 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26599 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26600 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26602 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
26603 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
26604 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
26606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26608 ;;;***
26610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (22388 5709 919633 355000))
26611 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26613 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26614 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26615 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26616 buffer.
26618 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26619 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26620 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26622 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26624 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26625 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26626 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26627 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26628 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26629 buffer.
26631 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26632 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26633 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26635 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26637 ;;;***
26639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (22388 6390 235323
26640 ;;;;;; 768000))
26641 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26643 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26644 Insert an editable text table.
26645 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26646 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26647 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26648 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26649 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26650 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26651 delimiting them.
26653 Examples:
26655 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26657 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26658 location of point.
26662 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26663 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26664 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26665 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26666 first cell.
26668 +-----+-----+-----+
26669 |-!- | | |
26670 +-----+-----+-----+
26672 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26674 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26675 width, which results as
26677 +--------------+-----+-----+
26678 |-!- | | |
26679 +--------------+-----+-----+
26681 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26682 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26684 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26685 | | |-!- |
26686 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26688 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26689 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26690 width information to `table-insert'.
26692 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26694 instead of
26696 Cell width(s): 5
26698 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26699 work all together.
26701 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26702 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26704 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26705 |-!- | | |
26706 | | | |
26707 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26709 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26711 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26712 |-!- | | |
26713 | | | |
26714 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26715 | | | |
26716 | | | |
26717 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26719 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26721 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26722 | | | |
26723 | | | |
26724 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26725 | | | |
26726 | | | |
26727 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26730 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26731 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26732 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26734 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26735 | | | |
26736 | | | |
26737 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26738 | | | |
26739 | | | |
26740 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26741 |-!- | | |
26742 | | | |
26743 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26745 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26746 results.
26748 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26749 | | | |
26750 | | | |
26751 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26752 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26753 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26754 | | |expected results.-!- |
26755 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26756 | | | |
26757 | | | |
26758 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26760 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26762 \\{table-cell-map}
26764 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26766 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26767 Insert N table row(s).
26768 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26769 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26770 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26771 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26773 \(fn N)" t nil)
26775 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26776 Insert N table column(s).
26777 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26778 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26779 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26780 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26782 \(fn N)" t nil)
26784 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26785 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26786 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26788 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26790 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26791 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26792 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26793 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26794 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26795 all the table specific features.
26797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26799 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26802 \(fn)" t nil)
26804 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26805 Recognize all tables within region.
26806 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26807 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26808 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26809 specific features.
26811 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26813 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26816 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26818 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26819 Recognize a table at point.
26820 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26821 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26822 the table specific features.
26824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26826 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26829 \(fn)" t nil)
26831 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26832 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26833 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26834 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26835 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26836 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26837 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26839 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26841 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26844 \(fn)" t nil)
26846 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26847 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26848 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26849 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26850 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26851 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26852 specified.
26854 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26856 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26857 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26858 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26859 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26860 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26861 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26862 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26863 table structure.
26865 \(fn N)" t nil)
26867 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26868 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26869 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26870 table's rectangle structure.
26872 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26874 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26875 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26876 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26877 table's rectangle structure.
26879 \(fn N)" t nil)
26881 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26882 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26883 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26884 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26885 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26887 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26889 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26890 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26891 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26893 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26894 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26895 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26896 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26897 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26898 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26899 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26901 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26902 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26903 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26904 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26905 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26906 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26907 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26909 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26910 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26911 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26912 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26913 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26914 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26915 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26916 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26918 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26920 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26921 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26922 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26923 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26927 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26928 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26929 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26931 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26933 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26934 Split current cell vertically.
26935 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26937 \(fn)" t nil)
26939 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26940 Split current cell horizontally.
26941 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26943 \(fn)" t nil)
26945 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26946 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26947 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26949 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26951 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26952 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26953 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
26954 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
26956 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26958 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26959 Justify cell contents.
26960 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
26961 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26962 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26963 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26965 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26967 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26968 Justify cells of a row.
26969 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26970 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26972 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26974 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26975 Justify cells of a column.
26976 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26977 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26979 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26981 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26982 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26983 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26984 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26985 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26986 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26987 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26988 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26989 run-time.
26991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26993 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26994 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26995 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26996 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26997 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26998 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26999 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27000 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27001 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27002 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27003 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27005 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27007 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27008 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27009 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27010 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
27011 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27012 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27013 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27014 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27015 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27016 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27017 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27018 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27019 untouched.
27021 References used for this implementation:
27023 HTML:
27024 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27026 LaTeX:
27027 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27029 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27030 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27031 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27033 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27035 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27036 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27037 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27038 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27039 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27040 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27041 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27042 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27043 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27044 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27045 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27046 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27047 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27048 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27049 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27050 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
27051 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27053 Example:
27055 (progn
27056 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27057 (table-forward-cell 15)
27058 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
27059 (table-forward-cell 16)
27060 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
27061 (table-forward-cell 1)
27062 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 \\='center))
27064 (progn
27065 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27066 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 \\='right)
27067 (table-forward-cell 1)
27068 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 \\='left))
27070 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27072 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27073 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27074 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27075 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27076 consists from cells of same height.
27078 \(fn N)" t nil)
27080 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27081 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27082 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27083 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27084 column must consists from cells of same width.
27086 \(fn N)" t nil)
27088 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27089 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27090 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27091 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27092 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27093 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27094 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27095 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27096 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27097 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27098 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27099 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
27100 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27101 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27102 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27105 Example 1:
27107 1, 2, 3, 4
27108 5, 6, 7, 8
27109 , 9, 10
27111 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27112 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27113 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27114 specified as 5.
27116 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27117 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27118 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27119 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27120 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27121 | | 9 | 10 | |
27122 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27124 Note:
27126 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27127 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27128 of each row is optional.
27131 Example 2:
27133 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27134 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27135 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27136 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27137 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27139 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27140 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27142 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27143 expression and raw delimiter regular
27144 expression, it parses the specified text
27145 area and extracts cell items from
27146 non-table text and then forms a table out
27147 of them.
27149 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27150 creates a single cell table. The text in
27151 the specified region is placed in that
27152 cell.-*-
27154 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27155 like this.
27157 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27158 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27159 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27161 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27162 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27163 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27164 | area and extracts cell items from |
27165 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27166 | of them. |
27168 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27169 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27170 | the specified region is placed in that |
27171 | cell. |
27172 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27174 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27175 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27176 independently.
27178 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27179 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27180 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27181 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27182 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27183 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27184 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27185 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27186 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27187 | |of them. |
27188 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27189 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27190 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27191 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27192 | |cell. |
27193 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27195 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27196 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27197 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27199 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27201 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27202 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27203 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
27204 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27205 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27207 \(fn)" t nil)
27209 ;;;***
27211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (22388 5709 921633 374000))
27212 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27214 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27215 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27217 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27219 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27220 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27222 \(fn)" t nil)
27224 ;;;***
27226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (22388 5709 957633
27227 ;;;;;; 728000))
27228 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27230 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27231 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27232 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27233 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27234 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27235 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27236 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27238 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27239 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27240 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27241 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27243 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27244 \\{tar-mode-map}
27246 \(fn)" t nil)
27248 ;;;***
27250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (22388 6388 41302
27251 ;;;;;; 191000))
27252 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27254 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27255 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27256 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27257 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27258 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27259 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27261 Variables controlling indentation style:
27262 `tcl-indent-level'
27263 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27264 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27265 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27267 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27268 documentation for details):
27269 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27270 Controls action of TAB key.
27271 `tcl-auto-newline'
27272 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27273 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27274 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27275 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27276 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27278 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27279 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27280 already exist.
27282 \(fn)" t nil)
27284 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27285 Run inferior Tcl process.
27286 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27287 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27289 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27291 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27292 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27293 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27295 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27297 ;;;***
27299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (22388 6378 270206
27300 ;;;;;; 100000))
27301 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27303 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27304 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27305 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27306 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27308 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27309 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27310 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27311 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27312 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27314 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27316 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27317 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27318 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27319 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27321 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27323 ;;;***
27325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (22420 38537 296424 698000))
27326 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27328 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27329 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27330 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27331 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27332 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27333 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27335 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27337 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27338 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27339 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27340 commands to use in that buffer.
27342 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27344 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27346 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27347 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27349 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27351 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27352 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27353 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27354 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27355 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27356 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27357 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27358 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27359 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27360 use in that buffer.
27361 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27363 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27365 ;;;***
27367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (22388
27368 ;;;;;; 6369 795122 753000))
27369 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27371 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27372 Start coverage on function under point.
27374 \(fn)" t nil)
27376 ;;;***
27378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (22388 6383 460257
27379 ;;;;;; 140000))
27380 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27381 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27383 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27384 Play the Tetris game.
27385 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27386 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27387 as to form complete rows.
27389 tetris-mode keybindings:
27390 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27391 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27392 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27393 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27394 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27395 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27396 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27397 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27398 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27400 \(fn)" t nil)
27402 ;;;***
27404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (22388 6390
27405 ;;;;;; 352324 919000))
27406 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27408 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27409 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27411 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27413 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27414 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27415 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27416 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27417 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27419 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27421 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27422 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27423 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27424 if it matches the first line of the file,
27425 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27427 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27429 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27430 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27431 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27432 if the variable is non-nil.")
27434 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27436 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27437 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27439 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27441 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27442 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27443 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27444 See the documentation of that variable.")
27446 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27448 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27449 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27450 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27451 See the documentation of that variable.")
27453 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27455 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27456 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27457 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27458 See the documentation of that variable.")
27460 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27462 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27463 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27464 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27465 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27466 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27468 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27470 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27471 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27472 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27473 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27475 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27477 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27478 User defined LaTeX block names.
27479 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27481 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27483 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27484 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27485 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27486 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27488 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27490 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27491 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27492 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27493 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27495 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27497 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27498 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27499 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27500 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27502 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27503 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27504 for example,
27506 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27507 \\='(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27509 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27510 use.")
27512 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27514 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27515 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27516 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27517 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27518 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27520 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27522 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27524 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27525 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27526 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27528 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27530 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27531 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27532 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27533 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27534 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27536 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27538 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27539 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27541 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27543 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27544 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27546 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27548 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27549 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27550 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27551 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27552 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27553 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27554 says which mode to use.
27556 \(fn)" t nil)
27558 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27560 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27562 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27564 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27565 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27566 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27567 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27568 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27570 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27571 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27572 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27573 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27574 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27575 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27576 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27578 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27579 mismatched $'s or braces.
27581 Special commands:
27582 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27584 Mode variables:
27585 tex-run-command
27586 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27587 tex-directory
27588 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27589 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27590 tex-dvi-print-command
27591 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27592 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27593 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27594 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27595 tex-dvi-view-command
27596 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27597 tex-show-queue-command
27598 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27599 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27601 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27602 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27603 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27605 \(fn)" t nil)
27607 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27608 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27609 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27610 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27611 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27613 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27614 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27615 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27616 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27617 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27618 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27619 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27621 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27622 mismatched $'s or braces.
27624 Special commands:
27625 \\{latex-mode-map}
27627 Mode variables:
27628 latex-run-command
27629 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27630 tex-directory
27631 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27632 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27633 tex-dvi-print-command
27634 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27635 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27636 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27637 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27638 tex-dvi-view-command
27639 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27640 tex-show-queue-command
27641 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27642 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27644 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27645 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27646 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27648 \(fn)" t nil)
27650 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27651 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27652 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27653 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27654 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27656 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27657 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27658 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27659 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27660 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27661 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27662 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27664 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27665 mismatched $'s or braces.
27667 Special commands:
27668 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27670 Mode variables:
27671 slitex-run-command
27672 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27673 tex-directory
27674 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27675 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27676 tex-dvi-print-command
27677 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27678 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27679 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27680 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27681 tex-dvi-view-command
27682 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27683 tex-show-queue-command
27684 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27685 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27687 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27688 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27689 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27690 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27692 \(fn)" t nil)
27694 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27697 \(fn)" nil nil)
27699 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27700 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27702 \(fn)" t nil)
27704 ;;;***
27706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (22388 6390
27707 ;;;;;; 408325 469000))
27708 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27710 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27711 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27712 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27713 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27715 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27716 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27717 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27719 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27721 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27722 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27723 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27724 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27725 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27727 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27729 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27730 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27731 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27732 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27734 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27735 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27736 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27737 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27739 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27740 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27742 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27744 ;;;***
27746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (22388 6390
27747 ;;;;;; 440325 784000))
27748 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27750 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27751 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27753 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27755 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27756 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27758 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27760 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27761 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27763 It has these extra commands:
27764 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27766 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27767 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27768 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27769 modified version of TeX input format.
27771 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27772 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27773 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27774 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27776 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27777 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27778 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27779 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27780 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27781 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27782 in the Texinfo file.
27784 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27785 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27786 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27787 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27788 move forward past the closing brace.
27790 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27791 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27793 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27794 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27795 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27797 Here are the functions:
27799 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27800 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27801 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27803 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27804 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27805 texinfo-master-menu
27807 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27809 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27810 which menu descriptions are indented.
27812 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27813 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27814 in the region.
27816 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27817 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27818 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27819 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27821 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27822 be the first node in the file.
27824 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27825 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27827 \(fn)" t nil)
27829 ;;;***
27831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (22388
27832 ;;;;;; 6375 384177 718000))
27833 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27835 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27836 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27837 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27838 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27840 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27842 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27843 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27845 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27847 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27848 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27850 \(fn)" t nil)
27852 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27855 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27857 ;;;***
27859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (22388 5710 166635
27860 ;;;;;; 784000))
27861 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27863 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27864 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27865 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27866 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27867 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27868 `line', and `page'.
27870 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27872 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27873 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27874 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27875 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27876 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27877 `line', and `page'.
27879 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27880 valid THING.
27882 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27883 positions of the thing found.
27885 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27887 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27888 Return the THING at point.
27889 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27890 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27891 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27892 `line', `number', and `page'.
27894 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27895 strip text properties from the return value.
27897 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27898 a symbol as a valid THING.
27900 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27902 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27903 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27905 \(fn)" nil nil)
27907 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27908 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27910 \(fn)" nil nil)
27912 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27913 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27915 \(fn)" nil nil)
27917 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27918 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27920 \(fn)" nil nil)
27922 ;;;***
27924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (22388 5710 168635 803000))
27925 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27927 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27928 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27930 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27932 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27933 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27934 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27935 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27937 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27939 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27940 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27942 \(fn)" t nil)
27944 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27945 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27947 \(fn)" t nil)
27949 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27951 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27952 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27954 \(fn)" t nil)
27956 ;;;***
27958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (22388 6369 797122
27959 ;;;;;; 773000))
27960 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
27961 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27963 ;;;***
27965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (22388
27966 ;;;;;; 6375 464178 504000))
27967 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27969 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27970 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27971 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27973 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27975 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27976 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27978 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27980 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27981 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27982 The returned string has no composition information.
27984 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27986 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27987 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27989 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27991 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27992 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27994 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27996 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27997 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27998 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27999 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28001 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28003 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28004 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28005 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28006 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28008 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28010 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28011 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28012 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28014 \(fn)" t nil)
28016 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28017 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28018 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28020 \(fn)" t nil)
28022 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28025 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28027 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28030 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28032 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28035 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28037 ;;;***
28039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (22388 6390
28040 ;;;;;; 524326 610000))
28041 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28042 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28044 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28045 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28046 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
28047 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28048 parameters.
28049 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28050 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
28051 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
28053 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
28055 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28056 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28057 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
28058 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28059 parameters.
28060 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28061 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
28062 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
28064 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
28066 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
28067 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
28070 * character before point is a space character,
28071 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
28072 constituent),
28073 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
28074 characters) from before the space character, and
28075 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
28076 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
28077 return t.
28079 Otherwise, if
28080 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
28081 * character before point is a space character, and
28082 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
28083 `tildify-space-string' variable,
28084 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
28086 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
28088 \(fn)" t nil)
28090 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
28091 Adds electric behavior to space character.
28093 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
28094 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
28095 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
28096 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
28098 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
28099 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
28100 variable will be set to the representation.
28102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28104 ;;;***
28106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (22388 5710 254636 649000))
28107 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28109 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28110 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28112 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28113 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28115 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28116 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28117 This display updates automatically every minute.
28118 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28119 are displayed as well.
28120 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28122 \(fn)" t nil)
28124 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28125 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28126 See the `display-time-mode' command
28127 for a description of this minor mode.
28128 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28129 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28130 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28132 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28134 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28135 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28136 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
28137 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28138 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
28140 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
28141 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
28142 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
28143 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
28144 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28148 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28149 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28150 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28151 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28153 \(fn)" t nil)
28155 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28156 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28157 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28158 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28160 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28162 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28163 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28165 \(fn)" t nil)
28167 ;;;***
28169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (22388
28170 ;;;;;; 6368 233107 392000))
28171 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28173 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28174 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28175 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28177 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28178 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28179 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28180 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28181 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28182 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28184 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28185 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
28187 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28189 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28190 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28192 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28194 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28195 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28196 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28198 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28200 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28201 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
28202 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
28203 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
28205 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28206 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28207 DATE should be a date-time string.
28209 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28211 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28212 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28213 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28215 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28217 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28218 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28220 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28222 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28223 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28225 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28227 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28228 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28229 TIME should be a time value.
28230 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28232 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28234 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28235 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28236 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28238 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28240 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28241 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28242 The valid format specifiers are:
28243 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28244 %d is the number of days.
28245 %h is the number of hours.
28246 %m is the number of minutes.
28247 %s is the number of seconds.
28248 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28249 %% is a literal \"%\".
28251 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28252 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28254 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28255 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28256 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28258 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28259 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28260 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28262 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28264 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28266 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
28267 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
28269 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
28271 ;;;***
28273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (22388 5710 209636
28274 ;;;;;; 207000))
28275 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28276 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28277 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28278 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28279 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28280 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28281 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28282 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28283 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28285 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28286 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28287 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28288 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
28289 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
28290 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28291 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28292 look like one of the following:
28293 Time-stamp: <>
28294 Time-stamp: \" \"
28295 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28296 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28297 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28298 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28299 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28300 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28301 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28302 the template.
28304 \(fn)" t nil)
28306 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28307 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28308 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28312 ;;;***
28314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (22388
28315 ;;;;;; 6368 236107 422000))
28316 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28317 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28319 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
28320 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
28321 See the `timeclock-mode-line-display' command
28322 for a description of this minor mode.
28323 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28324 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28325 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
28327 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
28329 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28330 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28331 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28332 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28333 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28334 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28335 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28336 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28337 display (non-nil means on).
28339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28341 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28342 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28343 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28344 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28345 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28346 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28347 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28348 this function is called within a day.
28350 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28351 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28352 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28353 discover the name of the project.
28355 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28357 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28358 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28359 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28360 begun during the last time segment.
28362 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28363 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28364 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28365 discover the reason.
28367 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28369 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28370 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28371 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28372 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28373 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28375 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28377 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28378 Change to working on a different project.
28379 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28380 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28381 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28382 working on.
28384 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28386 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28387 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28388 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28390 \(fn)" nil nil)
28392 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28393 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28394 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28396 \(fn)" t nil)
28398 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28399 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28400 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28401 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28402 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28403 \"relative to today\".
28405 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28407 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28408 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28409 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28410 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28412 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28414 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28415 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28416 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28417 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28418 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28419 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28421 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28423 ;;;***
28425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28426 ;;;;;; (22388 6374 736171 345000))
28427 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28429 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28430 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28431 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28432 the generated Quail package is saved.
28434 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28436 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28437 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28438 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28439 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28440 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28441 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28442 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28444 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28446 ;;;***
28448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (22388 5710 257636 679000))
28449 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28450 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28451 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28453 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28454 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28455 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28456 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28457 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28459 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28460 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28461 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28463 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28465 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28466 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28467 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28468 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28469 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28471 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28473 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28474 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28475 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28476 in the menu in two ways:
28477 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28478 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28479 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28481 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28482 keymap or an alist of alists.
28483 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28484 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28486 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28488 ;;;***
28490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (22420
28491 ;;;;;; 38537 264424 383000))
28492 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28494 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28495 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28497 When invoked in Todo mode, Todo Archive mode or Todo Filtered
28498 Items mode, or when invoked anywhere else with a prefix argument,
28499 prompt for which todo file to visit. When invoked outside of a
28500 Todo mode buffer without a prefix argument, visit
28501 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside of
28502 Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28503 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28504 file was last visited.
28506 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28507 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28508 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28509 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28510 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28511 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28512 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28513 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28514 for the first item.
28516 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28517 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28518 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28519 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28520 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28521 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28522 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28523 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28525 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28526 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28527 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28528 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28529 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28531 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28533 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28534 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28536 \\{todo-mode-map}
28538 \(fn)" t nil)
28540 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28541 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28543 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28545 \(fn)" t nil)
28547 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28548 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28550 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28552 \(fn)" t nil)
28554 ;;;***
28556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (22388 5710 258636
28557 ;;;;;; 688000))
28558 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28560 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28561 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28562 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28566 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28567 Add an item to the tool bar.
28568 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28569 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28570 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28571 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28573 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28574 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28575 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28576 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28578 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28579 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28581 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28583 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28584 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28585 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28586 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28587 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28588 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28590 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28591 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28592 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28593 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28595 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28597 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28598 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28599 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28600 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28601 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28602 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28603 properties to add to the binding.
28605 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28607 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28608 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28610 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28612 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28613 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28614 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28615 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28616 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28617 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28618 properties to add to the binding.
28620 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28621 holds a keymap.
28623 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28625 ;;;***
28627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (22388 6369 799122
28628 ;;;;;; 793000))
28629 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28631 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28632 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28633 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28634 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28635 to a tcp server on another machine.
28637 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28639 ;;;***
28641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (22388 6369 800122
28642 ;;;;;; 802000))
28643 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28645 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28646 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28648 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28650 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28651 Helper function to get internal values.
28652 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28654 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28656 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28657 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28658 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28659 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28661 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28662 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28663 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28664 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28665 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28667 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28668 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28669 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28670 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28672 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28674 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28676 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28677 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28678 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28679 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28681 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28683 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28685 ;;;***
28687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (22420 38537 288424
28688 ;;;;;; 619000))
28689 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28691 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28692 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28693 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28695 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28697 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28698 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28700 It can have the following values:
28702 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28703 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28705 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28707 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28708 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28709 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28710 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28712 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28714 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28715 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28716 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28717 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28719 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28720 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28721 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28722 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28723 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28724 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28725 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28726 files which are not really Tramp files.
28728 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28729 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28730 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28731 updated after changing this variable.
28733 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28735 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28736 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28737 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28738 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28740 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28742 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28743 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28744 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28745 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28747 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28748 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28749 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28751 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28752 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28753 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28754 updated after changing this variable.
28756 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28758 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28759 Alist of completion handler functions.
28760 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28761 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28762 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28764 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28765 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28766 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28767 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28769 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28770 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28771 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28773 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28774 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28776 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28777 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28779 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28781 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28784 \(fn)" nil nil)
28786 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28787 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28789 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28791 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28792 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28794 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28796 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28797 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28799 \(fn)" t nil)
28801 ;;;***
28803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (22388 6378
28804 ;;;;;; 476208 126000))
28805 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28807 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28810 \(fn)" nil nil)
28812 ;;;***
28814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (22388 6379 102214
28815 ;;;;;; 282000))
28816 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
28817 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 2 13 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28819 ;;;***
28821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (22388 5710 354637
28822 ;;;;;; 632000))
28823 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28825 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28826 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28827 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28828 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28829 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28830 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28831 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28832 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28834 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28835 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28836 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28838 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28839 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28840 resumed later.
28842 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28844 ;;;***
28846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (22388 6375
28847 ;;;;;; 465178 514000))
28848 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28850 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28853 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28855 ;;;***
28857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (22388
28858 ;;;;;; 6390 530326 669000))
28859 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28860 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28861 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28862 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28864 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28865 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28866 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28867 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28868 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28869 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28870 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28872 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28874 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28875 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28876 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28877 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28879 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28881 \(fn)" t nil)
28883 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28884 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28885 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28886 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28887 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28888 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28889 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28891 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28892 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28894 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28895 \\___/\\
28896 / \\
28897 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28899 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28901 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28903 ;;;***
28905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (22388 5710 396638
28906 ;;;;;; 46000))
28907 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28909 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28910 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28911 See the `type-break-mode' command
28912 for a description of this minor mode.
28913 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28914 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28915 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28917 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28919 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28920 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28921 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28923 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28924 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28925 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28926 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28927 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28928 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28929 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28931 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28932 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28934 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28935 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28936 reset the keystroke counter.
28938 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28939 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28940 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28941 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28943 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28944 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28945 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28946 `type-break-schedule' command.
28948 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28949 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28950 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28951 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28952 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28953 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28954 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28955 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28956 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28958 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28959 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28960 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28961 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28962 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28964 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28965 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28966 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28967 approximate good values for this.
28969 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28970 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28972 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28973 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28974 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28975 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28976 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28977 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28979 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28980 a typing break occur. They include:
28982 `type-break-query-mode'
28983 `type-break-query-function'
28984 `type-break-query-interval'
28986 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28988 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28989 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28990 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28991 problems.
28993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28995 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28996 Take a typing break.
28998 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28999 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29001 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29002 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29004 \(fn)" t nil)
29006 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29007 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29008 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29009 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29011 \(fn)" t nil)
29013 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29014 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29016 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29017 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29018 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29019 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29020 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29021 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29022 average typing speed.)
29024 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29025 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29026 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29027 the computed maximum threshold.
29029 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29030 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29031 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29032 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29033 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29035 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29037 ;;;***
29039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (22388 6376 94184 700000))
29040 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29042 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29043 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29044 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29045 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29046 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29048 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29050 ;;;***
29052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
29053 ;;;;;; (22388 6374 751171 492000))
29054 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29056 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29057 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29059 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29061 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29062 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29064 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29066 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29067 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29069 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29071 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29072 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29074 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29076 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29077 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29079 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29081 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29082 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29084 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29086 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29087 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29089 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29091 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29092 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29094 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29096 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29097 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29099 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29101 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29102 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29104 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29106 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29107 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29109 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29111 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29112 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29114 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29116 ;;;***
29118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (22388
29119 ;;;;;; 6390 530326 669000))
29120 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29122 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29123 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29124 Works by overstriking underscores.
29125 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29126 which specify the range to operate on.
29128 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29130 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29131 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29132 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29133 which specify the range to operate on.
29135 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29137 ;;;***
29139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (22388 6376 95184
29140 ;;;;;; 710000))
29141 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29143 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29144 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
29145 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29146 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29147 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29148 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29150 \(fn)" nil nil)
29152 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29153 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
29154 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
29156 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29158 ;;;***
29160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (22388 6369
29161 ;;;;;; 802122 822000))
29162 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29164 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29165 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29166 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29167 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29169 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29171 ;;;***
29173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (22388 6390 706328 400000))
29174 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29176 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29177 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29178 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
29179 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
29180 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
29182 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29183 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29184 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29185 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
29186 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
29187 occurred. Each pair is one of:
29189 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29190 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29191 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29193 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29194 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29195 the callback is not called).
29197 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29198 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29199 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29200 take effect.
29202 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29203 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
29204 the server.
29205 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
29206 URL-encoded before it's used.
29208 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29210 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29211 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29212 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29213 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29214 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29215 If SILENT is non-nil, don't display progress reports and similar messages.
29216 If INHIBIT-COOKIES is non-nil, cookies will neither be stored nor sent
29217 to the server.
29219 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29221 ;;;***
29223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (22388 6390 576327
29224 ;;;;;; 121000))
29225 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29227 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29228 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29229 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29231 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29232 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29233 `url-generic-parse-url'
29234 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29235 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
29236 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29237 realm
29238 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29239 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
29240 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
29241 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29242 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29243 what type of auth to use
29244 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29245 if one cannot be found in the cache
29247 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29249 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29250 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29252 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29253 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29254 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29255 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29256 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29257 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29258 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29259 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29261 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29263 ;;;***
29265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (22388 6390
29266 ;;;;;; 578327 141000))
29267 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29269 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29270 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29272 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29274 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29275 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29276 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29278 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29280 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29281 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29283 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29285 ;;;***
29287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (22388 6390 578327
29288 ;;;;;; 141000))
29289 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29291 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29294 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29296 ;;;***
29298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (22388 6390 581327
29299 ;;;;;; 171000))
29300 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29302 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29303 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
29304 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
29306 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29308 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
29309 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
29310 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
29311 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
29313 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
29314 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
29315 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
29316 though.
29318 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
29320 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
29321 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
29322 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
29324 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
29326 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29329 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29331 ;;;***
29333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (22388 6390 611327
29334 ;;;;;; 466000))
29335 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29337 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29338 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29340 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29342 ;;;***
29344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (22388 6390 617327
29345 ;;;;;; 525000))
29346 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29348 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29349 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29351 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29353 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29354 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29355 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29356 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29357 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29359 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29360 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29362 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29364 ;;;***
29366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (22388
29367 ;;;;;; 6390 619327 544000))
29368 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29370 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29371 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29372 See the `url-handler-mode' command
29373 for a description of this minor mode.
29374 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29375 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29376 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29378 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29380 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29381 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29382 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29383 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29384 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29388 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29389 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29390 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29391 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29393 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29395 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29396 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29397 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29398 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29399 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29400 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29401 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29402 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29403 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29404 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29406 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29408 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29409 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29410 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29411 accessible.
29413 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29415 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
29416 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
29417 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
29418 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
29420 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29422 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29425 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29427 ;;;***
29429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (22457 44247 409108
29430 ;;;;;; 239000))
29431 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29432 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29434 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29435 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29436 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29437 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29438 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29440 ;;;***
29442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (22388 6390 660327
29443 ;;;;;; 948000))
29444 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29446 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29449 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29451 ;;;***
29453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (22388 6390 660327
29454 ;;;;;; 948000))
29455 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29457 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29458 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29459 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29460 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29461 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29463 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29465 ;;;***
29467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (22388 6390
29468 ;;;;;; 661327 958000))
29469 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29471 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29474 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29476 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29477 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29479 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29481 ;;;***
29483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (22388 6390 663327
29484 ;;;;;; 977000))
29485 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29487 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29488 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29490 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29492 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29493 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29495 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29497 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29500 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29502 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29504 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29506 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29508 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29509 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29511 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29513 ;;;***
29515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (22388 6390 663327
29516 ;;;;;; 977000))
29517 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29519 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29522 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29524 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29527 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29529 ;;;***
29531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (22388 6390 665327
29532 ;;;;;; 997000))
29533 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29535 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29538 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29540 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29543 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29545 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29548 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29550 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29553 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29555 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29558 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29560 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29563 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29565 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29568 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29570 ;;;***
29572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (22388 6390
29573 ;;;;;; 681328 154000))
29574 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29576 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29577 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29579 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29581 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29582 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29583 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29585 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29586 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29587 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29588 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29589 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29590 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29591 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29592 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29593 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29594 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29595 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29596 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29597 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29598 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29600 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29601 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29602 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29604 Here is an example. The URL
29606 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29608 parses to
29610 TYPE = \"foo\"
29611 USER = \"bob\"
29612 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29613 HOST = \"example.com\"
29614 PORTSPEC = 42
29615 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29616 TARGET = \"nose\"
29617 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29618 FULLNESS = t
29620 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29622 ;;;***
29624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (22388 6390
29625 ;;;;;; 683328 174000))
29626 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29628 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29629 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29631 \(fn)" t nil)
29633 ;;;***
29635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (22388 6390
29636 ;;;;;; 702328 361000))
29637 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29639 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29640 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29641 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29642 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29643 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29644 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29646 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29648 ;;;***
29650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (22388 6390
29651 ;;;;;; 703328 370000))
29652 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29654 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29655 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
29656 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29658 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29660 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29661 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29662 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29663 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29665 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29667 ;;;***
29669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (22388 6390 704328
29670 ;;;;;; 380000))
29671 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29673 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29674 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29675 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29677 If t, all messages will be logged.
29678 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29679 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29681 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29683 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29686 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29688 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29691 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29693 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29694 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29695 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29696 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29697 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29698 & ==> &amp;
29699 < ==> &lt;
29700 > ==> &gt;
29701 \" ==> &quot;
29703 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29705 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29706 Return a \"normalized\" version of URL.
29707 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29709 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29711 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29712 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29713 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29715 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29717 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29718 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29720 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29722 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29723 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29725 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29727 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29728 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29730 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29732 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29735 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29737 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29740 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29742 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29744 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29745 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29747 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29749 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29750 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29752 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29754 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29757 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29759 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29760 Build a query-string.
29762 Given a QUERY in the form:
29763 ((key1 val1)
29764 (key2 val2)
29765 (key3 val1 val2)
29766 (key4)
29767 (key5 \"\"))
29769 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29771 This will return a string
29772 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29773 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29774 be used.
29776 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29778 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29779 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29781 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29783 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29784 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29785 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29786 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29787 forbidden in URL encoding.
29789 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29791 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29792 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29793 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29794 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29795 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29796 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29798 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29799 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29800 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29801 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29803 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29805 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29806 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29807 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29808 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29809 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29810 should return it unchanged.
29812 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29814 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29815 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29816 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29817 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29819 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29821 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29822 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29823 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29825 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29827 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29828 View the current document's URL.
29829 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29830 the minibuffer.
29832 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29834 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29836 ;;;***
29838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (22388 5710 439638
29839 ;;;;;; 468000))
29840 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29842 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29843 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29844 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29845 do (signal \\='file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29846 to refrain from editing the file
29847 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29848 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29849 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29850 in any way you like.
29852 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29854 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29855 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29856 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29857 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal \\='file-supersession (file)),
29858 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29860 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29861 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29863 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29865 ;;;***
29867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (22388 6374
29868 ;;;;;; 952173 469000))
29869 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29871 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29874 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29876 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29879 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29881 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29884 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29886 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29889 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29891 ;;;***
29893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (22388 6374 272166 782000))
29894 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29896 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29897 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29899 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29901 ;;;***
29903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (22388 6376 109184
29904 ;;;;;; 848000))
29905 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29907 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29908 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29909 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29910 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29912 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29914 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29915 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29916 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29918 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29920 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29921 Uudecode region between START and END.
29922 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29924 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29926 ;;;***
29928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (22388 6391 900340 142000))
29929 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29931 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29932 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29933 See `run-hooks'.")
29935 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29937 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29938 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29939 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29941 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29943 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29944 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29945 See `run-hooks'.")
29947 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29949 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29950 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29952 If FILE is already registered, return the
29953 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29954 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29955 responsible for FILE is returned.
29957 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29959 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29960 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29961 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29962 same state. If not, signal an error.
29964 For merging-based version control systems:
29965 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29966 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29967 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29968 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29969 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29970 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29972 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29973 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29974 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29975 the file(s) for editing.
29976 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29977 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29978 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29979 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29980 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29982 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29984 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29985 Register into a version control system.
29986 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29987 Otherwise register the current file.
29988 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29990 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29991 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29992 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29993 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29994 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29995 first backend that could register the file is used.
29997 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29999 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30000 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30002 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30004 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30005 Display diffs between file revisions.
30006 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30007 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30008 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30010 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30011 saving the buffer.
30013 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30015 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
30016 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
30017 repository history using ediff.
30019 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30021 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
30022 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
30023 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30024 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30025 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30027 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30028 saving the buffer.
30030 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30032 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30033 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30034 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30035 fileset with the working revision.
30036 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30037 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30039 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30040 saving the buffer.
30042 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30044 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
30045 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
30046 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
30048 \(fn)" nil nil)
30050 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30051 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30052 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30053 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30055 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30057 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30058 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30059 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30060 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30062 \(fn)" t nil)
30064 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30065 Perform a version control merge operation.
30066 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30067 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30068 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30069 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30071 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30072 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30073 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30074 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30075 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30076 changes from the current branch.
30078 \(fn)" t nil)
30080 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
30081 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
30083 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
30085 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30087 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30088 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30089 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30090 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30091 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30092 checked out in that new branch.
30094 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30096 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30097 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
30098 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
30099 named branch in the directory DIR.
30100 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
30101 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
30102 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
30103 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30104 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30105 allowed and simply skipped).
30107 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30109 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30110 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30111 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30112 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30113 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30115 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30116 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30118 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30120 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30121 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30122 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30123 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30124 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30126 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30128 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30129 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30130 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30132 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30134 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30135 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30136 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30138 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30140 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
30141 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
30143 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30145 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30146 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30147 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30148 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30150 \(fn)" t nil)
30152 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30154 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30155 Update the current fileset or branch.
30156 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30157 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30158 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30159 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
30160 command to run.
30162 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30163 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30164 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30165 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30166 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30170 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30172 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
30173 Push the current branch.
30174 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30175 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
30176 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
30177 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
30178 VCS command to run.
30180 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
30181 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
30183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30185 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30186 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30187 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30188 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30189 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30190 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30191 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30193 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30195 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30196 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30197 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30198 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30199 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30200 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30201 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30202 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30203 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30205 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30207 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30208 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30209 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
30210 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30212 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30214 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30215 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30216 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
30217 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30219 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30221 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30222 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30223 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30224 directory.
30226 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30228 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30229 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30230 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30232 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30233 log entries should be gathered.
30235 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30237 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30238 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30240 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30242 ;;;***
30244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (22388 6391
30245 ;;;;;; 299334 232000))
30246 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30248 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30249 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30251 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30252 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30253 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30254 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30255 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30256 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30258 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30259 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30260 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30261 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30262 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30263 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30264 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30265 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30267 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30269 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30271 Customization variables:
30273 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30274 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30275 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30276 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30277 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
30278 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
30280 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30282 ;;;***
30284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (22388 6391 331334
30285 ;;;;;; 546000))
30286 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30288 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30289 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30291 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
30292 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
30293 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30294 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30295 (progn
30296 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
30297 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30299 ;;;***
30301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (22388 6391 418335
30302 ;;;;;; 402000))
30303 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30304 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30305 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30306 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30307 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30308 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
30309 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30311 ;;;***
30313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (22388 6391 424335
30314 ;;;;;; 461000))
30315 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30317 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30318 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30319 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30320 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30321 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30323 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30324 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30325 The file lines appear later.
30327 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30328 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30330 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30332 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30334 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30336 ;;;***
30338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (22388
30339 ;;;;;; 6391 464335 854000))
30340 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30342 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30343 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30344 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30345 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30346 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30347 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30348 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30349 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30350 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30351 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30352 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30353 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30354 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30355 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30356 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30358 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30360 ;;;***
30362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (22420 38537 297424
30363 ;;;;;; 708000))
30364 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30365 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30366 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30367 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30368 (progn
30369 (load "vc-git" nil t)
30370 (vc-git-registered file))))
30372 ;;;***
30374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (22388 6391 556336 759000))
30375 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30376 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30377 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30378 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30379 (progn
30380 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30381 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30383 ;;;***
30385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (22388 6391 641337
30386 ;;;;;; 595000))
30387 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30389 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30390 Name of the monotone directory.")
30392 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30393 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30394 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30395 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30396 (progn
30397 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30398 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30400 ;;;***
30402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (22388 6391 707338
30403 ;;;;;; 244000))
30404 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30406 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30407 Where to look for RCS master files.
30408 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30410 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30412 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30414 ;;;***
30416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (22388 6391 745338
30417 ;;;;;; 618000))
30418 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30420 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30421 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30422 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30424 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30426 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30428 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30429 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30430 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30431 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30433 ;;;***
30435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (22388 6391 798339
30436 ;;;;;; 139000))
30437 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30439 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30440 Where to look for SRC master files.
30441 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30443 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30445 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30447 ;;;***
30449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (22388 6391 799339
30450 ;;;;;; 149000))
30451 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30452 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30453 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30454 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30455 "_svn")
30456 (t ".svn"))))
30457 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30458 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30459 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30461 ;;;***
30463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (22388
30464 ;;;;;; 6388 56302 339000))
30465 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30466 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30467 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30469 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30470 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30472 Usage:
30473 ------
30475 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30476 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30477 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30478 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30480 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30481 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30482 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30483 completions.
30485 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30486 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30488 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30489 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30491 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30492 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30493 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30495 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30498 Maintenance:
30499 ------------
30501 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30502 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30504 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30506 Official distribution is at
30507 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30510 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30511 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30513 Key bindings:
30514 -------------
30516 \\{vera-mode-map}
30518 \(fn)" t nil)
30520 ;;;***
30522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30523 ;;;;;; (22388 6388 217303 922000))
30524 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30526 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30527 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30528 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30529 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30530 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30532 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30534 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30535 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30537 Supports highlighting.
30539 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30540 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30542 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30544 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30545 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30546 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30547 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30548 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30549 on the left side of your screen.
30550 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30551 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30552 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30553 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30554 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30555 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30556 function keyword.
30557 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30558 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30559 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30560 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30561 if (a)
30562 begin
30563 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30564 Indentation for case statements.
30565 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30566 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30567 mark after an end.
30568 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30569 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30570 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30571 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30572 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30573 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30574 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30575 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30576 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30577 if (a)
30578 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30579 otherwise you get:
30580 if (a)
30581 begin
30582 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30583 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30584 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30585 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30586 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30587 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30588 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30589 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30590 comments in tight quarters.
30591 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
30592 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30594 Variables controlling other actions:
30596 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
30597 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30598 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30600 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30602 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30604 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30605 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30606 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30608 Some other functions are:
30610 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30611 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30612 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30613 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30614 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30616 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30617 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30618 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30619 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30621 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30622 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30623 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30624 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30625 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30626 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30627 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30628 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30629 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30630 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30631 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30632 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30633 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30634 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30635 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30636 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30637 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30638 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30639 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30640 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30641 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30642 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30643 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30644 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30645 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30646 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30647 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30648 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30649 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30650 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30651 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30653 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30654 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30656 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30658 \(fn)" t nil)
30660 ;;;***
30662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (22388
30663 ;;;;;; 6388 508306 784000))
30664 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30666 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30667 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30669 Usage:
30670 ------
30672 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30673 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30674 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30675 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30676 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30677 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30678 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30679 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30680 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30682 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30683 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30684 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30685 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30687 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30688 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30689 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30690 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30691 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30693 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30694 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30697 HEADER INSERTION:
30698 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30699 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30700 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30703 STUTTERING:
30704 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30705 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30706 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30707 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30709 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30710 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30711 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30712 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30713 == --> \" == \" \\='\\=' --> \\\"
30716 WORD COMPLETION:
30717 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30718 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30719 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30720 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30722 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30723 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30724 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30725 (e.g., type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30726 beginning with \"std\").
30728 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30729 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30730 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30731 stop.
30734 COMMENTS:
30735 `--' puts a single comment.
30736 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30737 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30738 with a comment in between.
30739 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30740 out following lines.
30741 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30742 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30743 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30744 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30746 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30747 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30748 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30749 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30750 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30751 non-nil.
30753 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30754 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30755 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30756 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30757 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30758 multi-line comments.
30761 INDENTATION:
30762 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30763 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30764 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30765 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30766 the entire region.
30768 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30769 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30770 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30771 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30773 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30774 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow the conversion of spaces to
30775 tabs and vice versa.
30777 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30778 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30780 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30781 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30782 line.
30785 ALIGNMENT:
30786 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30787 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30788 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30789 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30790 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30791 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30792 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30793 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30795 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30796 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30797 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30798 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30799 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30800 is non-nil.
30802 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30803 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30804 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30806 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30807 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30810 CODE FILLING:
30811 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30812 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30813 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30814 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30815 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30816 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30819 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30820 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30821 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30822 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30823 command:
30825 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30828 PORT TRANSLATION:
30829 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30830 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30831 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30832 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30833 internal signal initializations (menu).
30835 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30836 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30837 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30839 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30840 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30841 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30842 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30843 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30844 in subsequent paste operations.)
30846 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30847 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30848 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30851 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30852 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30853 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30854 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30855 association list with formals).
30858 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30859 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30860 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30861 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30862 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30863 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30864 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30865 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30866 `vhdl-testbench'.
30869 KEY BINDINGS:
30870 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30873 VHDL MENU:
30874 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30877 FILE BROWSER:
30878 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30879 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30880 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30882 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30883 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30886 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30887 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30888 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30889 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30891 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30892 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30893 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30895 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30896 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30897 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30898 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30900 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30901 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30902 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30903 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30904 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30906 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30907 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30908 required by secondary units.
30911 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30912 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30913 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30914 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30915 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30916 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30917 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30918 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30919 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30920 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30921 inputs to this component -> input port created
30922 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30923 outputs from this component -> output port created
30924 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30925 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30927 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30928 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30929 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30930 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30931 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30933 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30934 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30936 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30937 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30938 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30939 component instantiation is also supported (option
30940 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30942 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30943 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30944 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30945 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30946 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30947 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30948 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30949 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30950 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30951 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30952 generating the configuration.
30954 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30955 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30956 configurations in speedbar.
30958 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30961 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30962 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30963 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30964 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30965 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30966 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30967 information. New compilers can be added.
30969 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30970 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30973 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30974 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30975 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30976 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30977 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30979 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30980 command:
30982 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30983 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30984 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30986 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30987 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30988 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30989 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30990 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30991 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30992 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30993 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30994 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30996 Limitations:
30997 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30998 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30999 not (yet) supported.
31000 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31001 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31002 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31005 PROJECTS:
31006 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31007 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31008 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31009 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31010 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31011 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31012 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31013 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31015 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31016 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31017 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31018 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31019 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31020 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31021 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31022 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31023 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31024 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31025 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31028 SPECIAL MENUES:
31029 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31030 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31031 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key [S-down-mouse-3] \\='imenu)\" to your start-up
31032 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31033 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
31034 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31035 current directory for VHDL source files.
31038 VHDL STANDARDS:
31039 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31040 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31043 KEYWORD CASE:
31044 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31045 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31046 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31047 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31048 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31049 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31050 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31051 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31054 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31055 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31056 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31057 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31058 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31059 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31060 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31062 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31063 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31064 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31065 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31066 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31067 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31069 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31070 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31071 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
31072 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31073 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31074 visually.
31076 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31077 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31078 highlighted if written in lower case.
31080 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31081 highlighted using a different background color if option
31082 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31084 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31085 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
31086 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31087 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31088 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31091 USER MODELS:
31092 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31093 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31094 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31097 HIDE/SHOW:
31098 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31099 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31100 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31101 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31102 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31105 CODE UPDATING:
31106 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31107 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31108 Limitations:
31109 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31110 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31111 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31112 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31113 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31114 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31115 (used to obtain the port names).
31116 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
31117 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
31118 sensitivity lists.
31121 CODE FIXING:
31122 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31123 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31126 PRINTING:
31127 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31128 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31129 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31130 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31131 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31132 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31133 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31134 printers.
31137 OPTIONS:
31138 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31139 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31140 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31141 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31142 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31144 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31145 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
31146 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31147 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31148 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31149 INSTALL file).
31151 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31152 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
31155 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31156 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31157 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31158 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31160 (push \\='(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\\\='\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
31163 HINTS:
31164 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31165 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31167 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31169 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31171 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31174 RELEASE NOTES:
31175 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31178 Maintenance:
31179 ------------
31181 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
31182 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31184 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31186 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31187 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31188 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31189 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31191 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31192 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31193 where the latest version can be found.
31196 Known problems:
31197 ---------------
31199 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31200 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31201 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
31202 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
31205 The VHDL Mode Authors
31206 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31208 Key bindings:
31209 -------------
31211 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31213 \(fn)" t nil)
31215 ;;;***
31217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (22388
31218 ;;;;;; 6375 466178 524000))
31219 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31221 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31222 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31224 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31226 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31227 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31228 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31229 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31231 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31233 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31234 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31236 \(fn)" t nil)
31238 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31239 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31240 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31241 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31243 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31245 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31246 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31248 \(fn)" t nil)
31250 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31253 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31255 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31258 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31260 ;;;***
31262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (22388 5710 520639 265000))
31263 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31265 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31266 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31267 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31269 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31271 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31272 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31273 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31274 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31276 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31278 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31279 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31281 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31283 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31284 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31285 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31286 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31287 moving around in the buffer.
31288 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31289 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31291 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31293 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31295 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31296 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31297 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31298 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31300 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31301 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31302 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31303 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31304 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31306 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31308 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31310 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31311 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31312 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31313 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31314 buffer.
31316 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31317 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31318 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31319 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31320 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31322 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31324 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31326 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31327 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31328 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31329 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31330 moving around in the buffer.
31331 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31332 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31334 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31336 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31337 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31338 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31340 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31341 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31342 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31343 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31345 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31346 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31347 own View-like bindings.
31349 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31351 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31352 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31353 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31354 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31355 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31356 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31357 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31359 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31361 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31363 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31364 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31365 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31367 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31368 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31369 own View-like bindings.
31371 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31373 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31374 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31375 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31376 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31377 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31378 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31379 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31381 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31383 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31385 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31386 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31387 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31389 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31390 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31391 own View-like bindings.
31393 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31395 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31396 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31397 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31398 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31399 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31401 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31402 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31403 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31404 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31406 \\<view-mode-map>
31408 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31409 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31410 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31411 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31412 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31413 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31414 to a repeat count of one.
31416 H, h, ? This message.
31417 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31418 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31419 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31420 > move to the end of buffer.
31421 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31422 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31423 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31424 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31425 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31426 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31427 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31428 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31429 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31430 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31431 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31432 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31433 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31434 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31435 Use this to view a changing file.
31436 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31437 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31438 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31439 . set the mark.
31440 x exchanges point and mark.
31441 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31442 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31443 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31444 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31445 \\=' go to position saved in character register.
31446 s do forward incremental search.
31447 r do reverse incremental search.
31448 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31449 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31450 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31451 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31452 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31453 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31454 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31455 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31456 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31457 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31458 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31459 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31460 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31461 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31462 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31463 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31464 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31466 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31467 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31468 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31469 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31470 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31471 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31472 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31473 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31474 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31476 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31480 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31481 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31482 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31483 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31484 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31485 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31486 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31487 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31488 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31490 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31492 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31494 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31495 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31496 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31497 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31498 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31499 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31501 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31502 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31503 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31505 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31507 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31509 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31511 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31512 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31514 \(fn)" t nil)
31516 ;;;***
31518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (22388 6370 127126
31519 ;;;;;; 18000))
31520 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31521 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31523 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31524 Toggle Viper on/off.
31525 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31527 \(fn)" t nil)
31529 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31530 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31532 \(fn)" t nil)
31534 ;;;***
31536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (22388
31537 ;;;;;; 6369 802122 822000))
31538 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31540 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31541 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31542 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31543 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31544 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31545 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31546 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31547 the beginning of the warning.")
31549 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31550 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31551 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31552 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31553 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31554 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31555 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31556 also call that function before the next warning.")
31558 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31559 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31561 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31562 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31563 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31564 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31566 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31567 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31568 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31569 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31570 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31571 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31573 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31574 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31575 Default is :warning.
31577 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31578 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31579 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31580 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31581 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31582 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31584 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31585 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31586 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31588 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31590 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31591 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31593 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31595 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31596 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31597 \\<special-mode-map>
31598 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31599 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31601 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31602 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31603 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31604 can be whatever you like.)
31606 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31607 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31609 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31610 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31611 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31612 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31613 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31615 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31617 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31618 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31619 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31620 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31621 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31623 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31625 ;;;***
31627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (22388 5710 565639 708000))
31628 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31629 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31631 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31632 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31633 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31634 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31635 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31636 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31637 directories to reflect your edits.
31639 See `wdired-mode'.
31641 \(fn)" t nil)
31643 ;;;***
31645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (22388 6379 113214
31646 ;;;;;; 390000))
31647 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31649 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31650 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31652 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31653 hotlist.
31655 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31656 <nwv@acm.org>.
31658 \(fn)" t nil)
31660 ;;;***
31662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (22388
31663 ;;;;;; 6388 697308 643000))
31664 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31665 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31666 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31668 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31670 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31671 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31672 See the `which-function-mode' command
31673 for a description of this minor mode.
31674 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31675 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31676 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31678 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31680 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31681 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31682 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31683 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31684 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31686 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31687 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31688 in certain major modes.
31690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31692 ;;;***
31694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (22388 5710 616640
31695 ;;;;;; 209000))
31696 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31697 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31699 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31700 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31701 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31702 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31703 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31705 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31706 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31710 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31711 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31712 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31713 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31714 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31716 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31717 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31718 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31719 use `whitespace-mode'.
31721 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31725 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31726 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
31727 See the `global-whitespace-mode' command
31728 for a description of this minor mode.
31729 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31730 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31731 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31733 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31735 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31736 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31737 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31738 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31739 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31741 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31742 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31746 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31747 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31748 See the `global-whitespace-newline-mode' command
31749 for a description of this minor mode.
31750 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31751 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31752 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31754 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31756 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31757 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31758 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31759 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31760 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31762 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31763 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31764 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31765 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31767 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31771 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31772 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31774 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31775 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31777 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31778 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31780 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31782 CHAR MEANING
31783 (VIA FACES)
31784 f toggle face visualization
31785 t toggle TAB visualization
31786 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31787 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31788 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31789 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31790 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31791 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31792 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31793 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31794 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31795 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31796 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31797 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31798 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31799 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31800 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31801 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31803 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31804 T toggle TAB visualization
31805 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31806 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31808 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31809 ? display brief help
31811 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31812 The valid symbols are:
31814 face toggle face visualization
31815 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31816 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31817 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31818 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31819 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31820 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31821 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31822 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31823 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31824 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31825 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31826 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31827 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31828 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31829 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31830 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31831 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31833 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31834 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31835 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31837 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31839 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31841 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31843 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31844 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31846 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31847 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31849 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31850 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31852 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31854 CHAR MEANING
31855 (VIA FACES)
31856 f toggle face visualization
31857 t toggle TAB visualization
31858 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31859 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31860 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31861 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31862 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31863 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31864 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31865 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31866 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31867 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31868 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31869 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31870 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31871 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31872 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31873 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31875 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31876 T toggle TAB visualization
31877 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31878 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31880 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31881 ? display brief help
31883 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31884 The valid symbols are:
31886 face toggle face visualization
31887 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31888 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31889 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31890 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31891 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31892 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31893 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31894 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31895 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31896 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31897 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31898 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31899 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31900 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31901 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31902 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31903 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31905 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31906 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31907 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31909 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31911 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31913 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31915 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31916 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31918 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31919 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31920 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31921 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31922 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31924 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31926 The problems cleaned up are:
31928 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31929 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31930 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31931 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31933 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31934 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31935 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31936 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31937 SPACEs.
31938 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31939 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31940 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31941 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31943 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31944 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31945 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31946 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31947 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31948 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31949 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31950 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31952 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31953 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31954 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31956 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31957 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31958 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31959 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31960 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31961 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31962 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31963 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31965 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31966 documentation.
31968 \(fn)" t nil)
31970 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31971 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31973 The problems cleaned up are:
31975 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31976 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31977 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31978 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31979 SPACEs.
31980 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31981 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31982 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31983 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31985 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31986 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31987 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31988 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31989 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31990 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31991 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31992 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31994 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31995 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31996 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31998 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31999 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32000 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32001 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32002 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32003 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32004 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32005 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32007 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32008 documentation.
32010 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32012 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32013 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32015 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
32017 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32019 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32020 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32022 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32023 non-nil.
32025 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32026 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32027 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32029 empty
32030 trailing
32031 indentation
32032 space-before-tab
32033 space-after-tab
32035 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
32036 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
32037 report problems.
32039 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32041 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32042 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32043 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32044 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32045 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32046 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32047 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32049 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32050 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32051 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32052 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32053 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32054 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32055 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32057 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32058 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32059 cleaning up these problems.
32061 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32063 ;;;***
32065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (22388 5710 661640
32066 ;;;;;; 652000))
32067 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32069 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32070 Browse the widget under point.
32072 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32074 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32075 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32077 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32079 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32080 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32082 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32084 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32085 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
32086 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
32087 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
32088 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32092 ;;;***
32094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (22388 5710 705641
32095 ;;;;;; 84000))
32096 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32098 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32099 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32101 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32103 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32104 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32105 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32107 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32109 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32110 Create widget of TYPE.
32111 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32113 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32115 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32116 Delete WIDGET.
32118 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32120 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32121 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32123 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32125 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32126 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32127 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32128 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32130 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32131 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32133 \(fn)" nil nil)
32135 ;;;***
32137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (22388 5710 791641
32138 ;;;;;; 930000))
32139 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32141 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32142 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32143 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32144 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32145 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32146 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32147 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32151 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32152 Select the window above the current one.
32153 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32154 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32155 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32156 negative ARG) of the current window.
32157 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32161 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32162 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32163 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32164 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32165 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32166 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32167 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32171 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32172 Select the window below the current one.
32173 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32174 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32175 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32176 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32177 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32181 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32182 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32183 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32184 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
32186 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32188 ;;;***
32190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (22388 5711 24644 221000))
32191 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32193 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32194 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
32195 See the `winner-mode' command
32196 for a description of this minor mode.
32197 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32198 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32199 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
32201 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32203 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32204 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
32205 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
32206 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32207 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is ‘toggle’.
32209 Winner mode is a global minor mode that records the changes in
32210 the window configuration (i.e. how the frames are partitioned
32211 into windows) so that the changes can be \"undone\" using the
32212 command `winner-undo'. By default this one is bound to the key
32213 sequence `C-c <left>'. If you change your mind (while undoing),
32214 you can press `C-c <right>' (calling `winner-redo').
32216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32218 ;;;***
32220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (22388 5711 111645 78000))
32221 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32222 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
32224 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32225 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32226 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32227 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32228 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32230 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32232 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32233 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32234 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32235 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32236 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32237 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32238 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32239 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32241 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32242 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32244 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32246 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32247 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32249 \(fn)" t nil)
32251 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32252 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32253 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32254 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32255 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32256 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32257 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32258 `woman' command for further details.
32260 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32262 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32263 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32265 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32267 ;;;***
32269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (22388 5711 194645 894000))
32270 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32272 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32273 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32274 Return the top node with all its children.
32275 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32277 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32278 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32279 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32281 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32283 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32284 namespace to URIs instead.
32286 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32287 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32289 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32291 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32293 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32295 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32296 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32297 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32298 not contain well-formed XML.
32300 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32301 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32302 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32303 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32304 element of the list.
32305 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32306 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32307 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32309 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32311 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32312 namespace to URIs instead.
32314 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32315 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32317 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32319 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32321 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32323 ;;;***
32325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (22388 6379 484218
32326 ;;;;;; 39000))
32327 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32329 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32330 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32331 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32332 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32333 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32334 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32335 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32336 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32337 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32338 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32340 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32342 ;;;***
32344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (22388 6388 698308
32345 ;;;;;; 653000))
32346 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
32348 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
32351 \(fn)" nil nil)
32353 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
32354 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
32356 \(fn)" t nil)
32358 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
32359 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
32361 \(fn)" nil nil)
32363 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
32364 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
32365 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
32366 prompt for it.
32368 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
32369 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
32370 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
32371 buffer where the user can select from the list.
32373 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32375 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
32376 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
32378 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32380 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
32381 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
32383 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32385 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
32386 Find references to the identifier at point.
32387 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
32389 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32391 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32392 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32393 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32395 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32396 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32397 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32398 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
32399 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32400 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32401 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32403 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
32404 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
32405 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
32406 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
32408 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
32410 ;;;***
32412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (22388 5711 211646
32413 ;;;;;; 61000))
32414 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32416 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32417 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32418 See the `xterm-mouse-mode' command
32419 for a description of this minor mode.
32420 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32421 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32422 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32424 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32426 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32427 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32428 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32429 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32430 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32432 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32433 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32434 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32435 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32436 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32437 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32441 ;;;***
32443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (22388 5711 213646 81000))
32444 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
32446 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
32447 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
32448 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
32449 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
32451 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
32453 ;;;***
32455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (22388 6374 272166 782000))
32456 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32458 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32459 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32461 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32463 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32464 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32466 \(fn)" nil nil)
32468 ;;;***
32470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (22388 6383 476257 297000))
32471 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32473 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32474 Zone out, completely.
32476 \(fn)" t nil)
32478 ;;;***
32480 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32481 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32482 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32483 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32484 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32485 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32486 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
32487 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
32488 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
32489 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
32490 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
32491 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32492 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32493 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32494 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32495 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32496 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32497 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32498 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32499 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
32500 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
32501 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
32502 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
32503 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32504 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32505 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
32506 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
32507 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
32508 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
32509 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
32510 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
32511 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
32512 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
32513 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32514 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32515 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32516 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32517 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32518 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32519 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32520 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32521 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32522 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32523 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32524 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32525 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32526 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32527 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32528 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32529 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32530 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32531 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
32532 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
32533 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
32534 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
32535 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
32536 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
32537 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32538 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32539 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32540 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32541 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32542 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32543 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/generator.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32587 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32588 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32589 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
32590 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
32591 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32592 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32593 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32594 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/charscript.el"
32595 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32596 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
32597 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32598 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32599 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32600 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32601 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32602 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32603 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32604 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32605 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
32606 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
32607 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el"
32608 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/thai.el"
32609 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
32610 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32611 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32612 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32613 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32614 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32615 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32616 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32617 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32618 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32619 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32620 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32621 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32622 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32623 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
32624 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/nsm.el"
32625 ;;;;;; "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32626 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32627 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
32628 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32629 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32630 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32631 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32632 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32633 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32634 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32635 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32636 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "obarray.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el"
32637 ;;;;;; "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el"
32638 ;;;;;; "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el"
32639 ;;;;;; "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el"
32640 ;;;;;; "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el"
32641 ;;;;;; "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el"
32642 ;;;;;; "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32643 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32644 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32645 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32646 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32647 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32648 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32649 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32650 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32651 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32652 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32653 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32654 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32655 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32656 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el"
32657 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32658 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
32659 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32660 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
32661 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
32662 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
32663 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32664 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32665 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32666 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32667 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32668 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32669 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32670 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32671 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32672 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32673 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32674 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32675 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32676 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32677 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32678 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32679 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32680 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32681 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32682 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32683 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32684 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32685 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32686 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (22458 6108 204266 576000))
32688 ;;;***
32690 (provide 'loaddefs)
32691 ;; Local Variables:
32692 ;; version-control: never
32693 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32694 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32695 ;; coding: utf-8
32696 ;; End:
32697 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here